1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 832 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 833 * addresses. 834 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 835 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 836 */ 837 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 838 const u8 *macaddr; 839 bool enable; 840 }; 841 842 /** 843 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 844 * @chandef: the channel definition 845 * 846 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 847 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 848 */ 849 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 850 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 851 { 852 switch (chandef->width) { 853 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 854 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 855 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 856 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 857 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 858 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 859 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 860 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 861 default: 862 WARN_ON(1); 863 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 864 } 865 } 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 869 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 870 * @channel: the control channel 871 * @chantype: the channel type 872 * 873 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 874 */ 875 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 876 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 877 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 878 879 /** 880 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 881 * @chandef1: first channel definition 882 * @chandef2: second channel definition 883 * 884 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 885 * identical, %false otherwise. 886 */ 887 static inline bool 888 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 889 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 890 { 891 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 892 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 893 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 894 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 895 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 896 } 897 898 /** 899 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 900 * 901 * @chandef: the channel definition 902 * 903 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 904 */ 905 static inline bool 906 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 907 { 908 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 909 } 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 913 * @chandef1: first channel definition 914 * @chandef2: second channel definition 915 * 916 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 917 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 918 */ 919 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 920 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 921 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 922 923 /** 924 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 925 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 926 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 927 */ 928 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 929 930 /** 931 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 932 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 933 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 934 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 935 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 936 */ 937 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 u32 prohibited_flags); 940 941 /** 942 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 943 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 944 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 945 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 946 * Returns: 947 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 948 */ 949 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 950 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 951 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 952 953 /** 954 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 955 * @width: the channel width of the channel 956 * 957 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 958 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 959 * 960 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 961 */ 962 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 963 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 964 { 965 switch (width) { 966 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 967 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 968 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 969 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 970 default: 971 break; 972 } 973 return 0; 974 } 975 976 /** 977 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 978 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 979 * 980 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 981 * 982 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 983 */ 984 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 985 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 992 * 993 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 994 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 995 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 996 * 997 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 998 * 999 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1000 */ 1001 static inline int 1002 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1003 { 1004 switch (chandef->width) { 1005 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1006 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1007 chandef->chan->max_power); 1008 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1009 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1010 chandef->chan->max_power); 1011 default: 1012 break; 1013 } 1014 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1015 } 1016 1017 /** 1018 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1019 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1020 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1021 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1022 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1023 */ 1024 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1025 unsigned long band_mask, 1026 u32 prohibited_flags); 1027 1028 /** 1029 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1030 * 1031 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1032 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1033 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1034 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1035 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1036 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1037 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1038 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1039 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1040 * 1041 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1042 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1043 */ 1044 enum survey_info_flags { 1045 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1046 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1047 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1048 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1049 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1050 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1051 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1052 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1053 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1054 }; 1055 1056 /** 1057 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1058 * 1059 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1060 * record to report global statistics 1061 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1062 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1063 * optional 1064 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1065 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1066 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1067 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1068 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1069 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1070 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1071 * 1072 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1073 * 1074 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1075 * channel duty cycle etc. 1076 */ 1077 struct survey_info { 1078 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1079 u64 time; 1080 u64 time_busy; 1081 u64 time_ext_busy; 1082 u64 time_rx; 1083 u64 time_tx; 1084 u64 time_scan; 1085 u64 time_bss_rx; 1086 u32 filled; 1087 s8 noise; 1088 }; 1089 1090 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1091 1092 /** 1093 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1094 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1095 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1096 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1097 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1098 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1099 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1100 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1101 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1102 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1103 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1104 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1105 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1106 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1107 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1108 * protocol frames. 1109 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1110 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1111 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1112 * port for mac80211 1113 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1114 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1115 * offload) 1116 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1117 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1118 * 1119 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1120 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1121 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1122 * such a scenario. 1123 * 1124 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1125 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1126 * 1127 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1128 * Allow hash-to-element only 1129 * 1130 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1131 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1132 */ 1133 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1134 u32 wpa_versions; 1135 u32 cipher_group; 1136 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1137 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1138 int n_akm_suites; 1139 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1140 bool control_port; 1141 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1142 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1143 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1144 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1145 const u8 *psk; 1146 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1147 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1148 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1149 }; 1150 1151 /** 1152 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1153 * 1154 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1155 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1156 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1157 */ 1158 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1159 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1160 u8 index; 1161 bool ema; 1162 }; 1163 1164 /** 1165 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1166 * 1167 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1168 * 1169 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1170 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1171 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1172 */ 1173 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1174 u8 cnt; 1175 struct { 1176 const u8 *data; 1177 size_t len; 1178 } elem[]; 1179 }; 1180 1181 /** 1182 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1183 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1184 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1185 * or %NULL if not changed 1186 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1187 * or %NULL if not changed 1188 * @head_len: length of @head 1189 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1190 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1191 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1192 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1193 * frames or %NULL 1194 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1195 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1196 * Response frames or %NULL 1197 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1198 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1199 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1200 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1201 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1202 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1203 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1204 * (measurement type 8) 1205 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1206 * Token (measurement type 11) 1207 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1208 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1209 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1210 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1211 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1212 */ 1213 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1214 unsigned int link_id; 1215 1216 const u8 *head, *tail; 1217 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1218 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1219 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1220 const u8 *probe_resp; 1221 const u8 *lci; 1222 const u8 *civicloc; 1223 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1224 s8 ftm_responder; 1225 1226 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1227 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1228 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1229 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1230 size_t probe_resp_len; 1231 size_t lci_len; 1232 size_t civicloc_len; 1233 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1234 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1235 }; 1236 1237 struct mac_address { 1238 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1239 }; 1240 1241 /** 1242 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1243 * 1244 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1245 * entry specified by mac_addr 1246 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1247 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1248 */ 1249 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1250 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1251 int n_acl_entries; 1252 1253 /* Keep it last */ 1254 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1255 }; 1256 1257 /** 1258 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1259 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1260 * 1261 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1262 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1263 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1264 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1265 * frame headers. 1266 */ 1267 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1268 u32 min_interval; 1269 u32 max_interval; 1270 size_t tmpl_len; 1271 const u8 *tmpl; 1272 }; 1273 1274 /** 1275 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1276 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1277 * 1278 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1279 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1280 * scanning 1281 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1282 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1283 */ 1284 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1285 u32 interval; 1286 size_t tmpl_len; 1287 const u8 *tmpl; 1288 }; 1289 1290 /** 1291 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1292 * 1293 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1294 * 1295 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1296 * @beacon: beacon data 1297 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1298 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1299 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1300 * user space) 1301 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1302 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1303 * @crypto: crypto settings 1304 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1305 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1306 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1307 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1308 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1309 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1310 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1311 * MAC address based access control 1312 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1313 * networks. 1314 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1315 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1316 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1317 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1318 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1319 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1320 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1321 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1322 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1323 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1324 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1325 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1326 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1327 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1328 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1329 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1330 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1331 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1332 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1333 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1334 */ 1335 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1336 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1337 1338 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1339 1340 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1341 const u8 *ssid; 1342 size_t ssid_len; 1343 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1344 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1345 bool privacy; 1346 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1347 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1348 int inactivity_timeout; 1349 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1350 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1351 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1352 bool pbss; 1353 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1354 1355 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1356 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1357 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1358 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1359 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1360 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1361 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1362 bool twt_responder; 1363 u32 flags; 1364 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1365 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1366 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1367 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1368 u16 punct_bitmap; 1369 }; 1370 1371 /** 1372 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1373 * 1374 * Used for channel switch 1375 * 1376 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1377 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1378 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1379 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1380 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1381 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1382 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1383 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1384 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1385 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1386 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1387 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1388 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1389 */ 1390 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1391 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1392 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1393 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1394 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1395 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1396 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1397 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1398 bool radar_required; 1399 bool block_tx; 1400 u8 count; 1401 u16 punct_bitmap; 1402 }; 1403 1404 /** 1405 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1406 * 1407 * Used for bss color change 1408 * 1409 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1410 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1411 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1412 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1413 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1414 * @color: the color used after the change 1415 */ 1416 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1417 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1418 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1419 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1420 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1421 u8 count; 1422 u8 color; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /** 1426 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1427 * 1428 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1429 * 1430 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1431 * to use for verification 1432 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1433 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1434 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1435 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1436 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1437 * nl80211_iftype. 1438 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1439 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1440 * the verification 1441 */ 1442 struct iface_combination_params { 1443 int num_different_channels; 1444 u8 radar_detect; 1445 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1446 u32 new_beacon_int; 1447 }; 1448 1449 /** 1450 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1451 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1452 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1453 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1454 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1455 * 1456 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1457 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1458 */ 1459 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1460 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1461 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1462 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1463 }; 1464 1465 /** 1466 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1467 * 1468 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1469 * 1470 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1471 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1472 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1473 * power per-interface or per-station. 1474 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1475 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1476 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1477 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1478 * per peer TPC. 1479 */ 1480 struct sta_txpwr { 1481 s16 power; 1482 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1483 }; 1484 1485 /** 1486 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1487 * 1488 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1489 * 1490 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1491 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1492 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1493 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1494 * (or NULL for no change) 1495 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1496 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1497 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1498 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1499 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1500 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1501 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1502 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1503 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1504 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1505 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1506 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1507 */ 1508 struct link_station_parameters { 1509 const u8 *mld_mac; 1510 int link_id; 1511 const u8 *link_mac; 1512 const u8 *supported_rates; 1513 u8 supported_rates_len; 1514 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1515 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1516 u8 opmode_notif; 1517 bool opmode_notif_used; 1518 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1519 u8 he_capa_len; 1520 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1521 bool txpwr_set; 1522 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1523 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1524 u8 eht_capa_len; 1525 }; 1526 1527 /** 1528 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1529 * 1530 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1531 * 1532 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1533 * @link_id: the link id 1534 */ 1535 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1536 const u8 *mld_mac; 1537 u32 link_id; 1538 }; 1539 1540 /** 1541 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1542 * 1543 * Used to change and create a new station. 1544 * 1545 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1546 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1547 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1548 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1549 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1550 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1551 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1552 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1553 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1554 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1555 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1556 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1557 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1558 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1559 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1560 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1561 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1562 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1563 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1564 * to unknown) 1565 * @capability: station capability 1566 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1567 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1568 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1569 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1570 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1571 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1572 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1573 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1574 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1575 */ 1576 struct station_parameters { 1577 struct net_device *vlan; 1578 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1579 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1580 int listen_interval; 1581 u16 aid; 1582 u16 vlan_id; 1583 u16 peer_aid; 1584 u8 plink_action; 1585 u8 plink_state; 1586 u8 uapsd_queues; 1587 u8 max_sp; 1588 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1589 u16 capability; 1590 const u8 *ext_capab; 1591 u8 ext_capab_len; 1592 const u8 *supported_channels; 1593 u8 supported_channels_len; 1594 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1595 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1596 int support_p2p_ps; 1597 u16 airtime_weight; 1598 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1599 }; 1600 1601 /** 1602 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1603 * 1604 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1605 * 1606 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1607 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1608 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1609 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1610 */ 1611 struct station_del_parameters { 1612 const u8 *mac; 1613 u8 subtype; 1614 u16 reason_code; 1615 }; 1616 1617 /** 1618 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1619 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1620 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1621 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1622 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1623 * the AP MLME in the device 1624 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1625 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1626 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1627 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1628 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1629 * supported/used) 1630 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1631 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1632 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1633 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1634 */ 1635 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1636 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1637 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1638 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1639 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1640 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1641 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1642 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1643 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1644 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1645 }; 1646 1647 /** 1648 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1649 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1650 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1651 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1652 * 1653 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1654 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1655 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1656 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1657 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1658 */ 1659 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1660 struct station_parameters *params, 1661 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1662 1663 /** 1664 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1665 * 1666 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1667 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1668 * 1669 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1670 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1671 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1672 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1673 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1674 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1675 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1676 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1677 */ 1678 enum rate_info_flags { 1679 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1680 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1681 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1682 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1683 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1684 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1685 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1686 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1687 }; 1688 1689 /** 1690 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1691 * 1692 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1693 * 1694 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1695 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1696 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1697 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1698 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1699 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1700 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1701 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1702 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1703 */ 1704 enum rate_info_bw { 1705 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1706 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1707 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1708 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1709 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1710 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1711 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1712 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1713 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1714 }; 1715 1716 /** 1717 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1718 * 1719 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1720 * 1721 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1722 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1723 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1724 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1725 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1726 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1727 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1728 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1729 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1730 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1731 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1732 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1733 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1734 */ 1735 struct rate_info { 1736 u8 flags; 1737 u8 mcs; 1738 u16 legacy; 1739 u8 nss; 1740 u8 bw; 1741 u8 he_gi; 1742 u8 he_dcm; 1743 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1744 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1745 u8 eht_gi; 1746 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1747 }; 1748 1749 /** 1750 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1751 * 1752 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1753 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1754 * 1755 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1756 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1757 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1758 */ 1759 enum bss_param_flags { 1760 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1761 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1762 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1763 }; 1764 1765 /** 1766 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1767 * 1768 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1769 * 1770 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1771 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1772 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1773 */ 1774 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1775 u8 flags; 1776 u8 dtim_period; 1777 u16 beacon_interval; 1778 }; 1779 1780 /** 1781 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1782 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1783 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1784 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1785 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1786 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1787 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1788 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1789 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1790 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1791 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1792 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1793 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1794 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1795 */ 1796 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1797 u32 filled; 1798 u32 backlog_bytes; 1799 u32 backlog_packets; 1800 u32 flows; 1801 u32 drops; 1802 u32 ecn_marks; 1803 u32 overlimit; 1804 u32 overmemory; 1805 u32 collisions; 1806 u32 tx_bytes; 1807 u32 tx_packets; 1808 u32 max_flows; 1809 }; 1810 1811 /** 1812 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1813 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1814 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1815 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1816 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1817 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1818 * transmitted MSDUs 1819 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1820 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1821 */ 1822 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1823 u32 filled; 1824 u64 rx_msdu; 1825 u64 tx_msdu; 1826 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1827 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1828 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1829 }; 1830 1831 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1832 1833 /** 1834 * struct station_info - station information 1835 * 1836 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1837 * 1838 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1839 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1840 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1841 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1842 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1843 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1844 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1845 * @llid: mesh local link id 1846 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1847 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1848 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1849 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1850 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1851 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1852 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1853 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1854 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1855 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1856 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1857 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1858 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1859 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1860 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1861 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1862 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1863 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1864 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1865 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1866 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1867 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1868 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1869 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1870 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1871 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1872 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1873 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1874 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1875 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1876 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1877 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1878 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1879 * towards this station. 1880 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1881 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1882 * from this peer 1883 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1884 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1885 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1886 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1887 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1888 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1889 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1890 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1891 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1892 * been sent. 1893 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1894 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1895 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1896 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1897 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1898 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1899 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1900 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1901 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1902 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1903 * dump_station() callbacks. 1904 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1905 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1906 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1907 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1908 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 1909 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 1910 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 1911 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 1912 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 1913 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1914 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 1915 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 1916 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 1917 */ 1918 struct station_info { 1919 u64 filled; 1920 u32 connected_time; 1921 u32 inactive_time; 1922 u64 assoc_at; 1923 u64 rx_bytes; 1924 u64 tx_bytes; 1925 u16 llid; 1926 u16 plid; 1927 u8 plink_state; 1928 s8 signal; 1929 s8 signal_avg; 1930 1931 u8 chains; 1932 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1933 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1934 1935 struct rate_info txrate; 1936 struct rate_info rxrate; 1937 u32 rx_packets; 1938 u32 tx_packets; 1939 u32 tx_retries; 1940 u32 tx_failed; 1941 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1942 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1943 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1944 1945 int generation; 1946 1947 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1948 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1949 1950 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1951 s64 t_offset; 1952 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1953 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1954 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1955 1956 u32 expected_throughput; 1957 1958 u64 tx_duration; 1959 u64 rx_duration; 1960 u64 rx_beacon; 1961 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1962 u8 connected_to_gate; 1963 1964 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1965 s8 ack_signal; 1966 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1967 1968 u16 airtime_weight; 1969 1970 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1971 u32 fcs_err_count; 1972 1973 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1974 1975 u8 connected_to_as; 1976 1977 bool mlo_params_valid; 1978 u8 assoc_link_id; 1979 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1980 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 1981 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 1982 }; 1983 1984 /** 1985 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1986 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1987 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1988 */ 1989 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1990 s32 power; 1991 u32 freq_range_index; 1992 }; 1993 1994 /** 1995 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1996 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1997 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1998 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1999 */ 2000 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2001 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2002 u32 num_sub_specs; 2003 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2004 }; 2005 2006 2007 /** 2008 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2009 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2010 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2011 */ 2012 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2013 u32 start_freq; 2014 u32 end_freq; 2015 }; 2016 2017 /** 2018 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2019 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2020 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2021 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2022 * 2023 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2024 * range to small ones and then append them. 2025 */ 2026 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2027 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2028 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2029 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2030 }; 2031 2032 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2033 /** 2034 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2035 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2036 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2037 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2038 * 2039 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2040 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2041 * considered undefined. 2042 */ 2043 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2044 struct station_info *sinfo); 2045 #else 2046 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2047 const u8 *mac_addr, 2048 struct station_info *sinfo) 2049 { 2050 return -ENOENT; 2051 } 2052 #endif 2053 2054 /** 2055 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2056 * 2057 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2058 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2059 * 2060 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2061 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2062 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2063 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2064 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2065 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2066 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2067 */ 2068 enum monitor_flags { 2069 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2070 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2071 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2072 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2073 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2074 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2075 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2076 }; 2077 2078 /** 2079 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2080 * 2081 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2082 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2083 * 2084 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2085 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2086 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2087 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2088 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2089 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2090 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2091 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2092 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2093 */ 2094 enum mpath_info_flags { 2095 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2096 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2097 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2098 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2099 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2100 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2101 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2102 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2103 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2104 }; 2105 2106 /** 2107 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2108 * 2109 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2110 * 2111 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2112 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2113 * @sn: target sequence number 2114 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2115 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2116 * @flags: mesh path flags 2117 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2118 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2119 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2120 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2121 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2122 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2123 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2124 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2125 */ 2126 struct mpath_info { 2127 u32 filled; 2128 u32 frame_qlen; 2129 u32 sn; 2130 u32 metric; 2131 u32 exptime; 2132 u32 discovery_timeout; 2133 u8 discovery_retries; 2134 u8 flags; 2135 u8 hop_count; 2136 u32 path_change_count; 2137 2138 int generation; 2139 }; 2140 2141 /** 2142 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2143 * 2144 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2145 * 2146 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2147 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2148 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2149 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2150 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2151 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2152 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2153 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2154 * (or NULL for no change) 2155 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2156 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2157 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2158 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2159 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2160 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2161 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2162 */ 2163 struct bss_parameters { 2164 int link_id; 2165 int use_cts_prot; 2166 int use_short_preamble; 2167 int use_short_slot_time; 2168 const u8 *basic_rates; 2169 u8 basic_rates_len; 2170 int ap_isolate; 2171 int ht_opmode; 2172 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2173 }; 2174 2175 /** 2176 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2177 * 2178 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2179 * 2180 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2181 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2182 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2183 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2184 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2185 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2186 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2187 * mesh interface 2188 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2189 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2190 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2191 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2192 * elements 2193 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2194 * detect compatible mesh peers 2195 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2196 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2197 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2198 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2199 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2200 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2201 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2202 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2203 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2204 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2205 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2206 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2207 * element 2208 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2209 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2210 * element 2211 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2212 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2213 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2214 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2215 * announcements are transmitted 2216 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2217 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2218 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2219 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2220 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2221 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2222 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2223 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2224 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2225 * station to establish a peer link 2226 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2227 * 2228 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2229 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2230 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2231 * 2232 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2233 * PREQs are transmitted. 2234 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2235 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2236 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2237 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2238 * setting for new peer links. 2239 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2240 * after transmitting its beacon. 2241 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2242 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2243 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2244 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2245 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2246 * in the mesh formation field. 2247 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2248 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2249 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2250 * in the mesh path table 2251 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2252 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2253 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2254 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2255 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2256 */ 2257 struct mesh_config { 2258 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2259 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2260 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2261 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2262 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2263 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2264 u8 element_ttl; 2265 bool auto_open_plinks; 2266 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2267 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2268 u32 path_refresh_time; 2269 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2270 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2271 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2272 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2273 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2274 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2275 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2276 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2277 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2278 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2279 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2280 s32 rssi_threshold; 2281 u16 ht_opmode; 2282 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2283 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2284 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2285 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2286 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2287 u32 plink_timeout; 2288 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2289 }; 2290 2291 /** 2292 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2293 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2294 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2295 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2296 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2297 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2298 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2299 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2300 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2301 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2302 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2303 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2304 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2305 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2306 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2307 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2308 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2309 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2310 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2311 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2312 * to operate on DFS channels. 2313 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2314 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2315 * 2316 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2317 */ 2318 struct mesh_setup { 2319 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2320 const u8 *mesh_id; 2321 u8 mesh_id_len; 2322 u8 sync_method; 2323 u8 path_sel_proto; 2324 u8 path_metric; 2325 u8 auth_id; 2326 const u8 *ie; 2327 u8 ie_len; 2328 bool is_authenticated; 2329 bool is_secure; 2330 bool user_mpm; 2331 u8 dtim_period; 2332 u16 beacon_interval; 2333 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2334 u32 basic_rates; 2335 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2336 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2337 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2338 }; 2339 2340 /** 2341 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2342 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2343 * 2344 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2345 */ 2346 struct ocb_setup { 2347 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2348 }; 2349 2350 /** 2351 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2352 * @ac: AC identifier 2353 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2354 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2355 * 1..32767] 2356 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2357 * 1..32767] 2358 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2359 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2360 */ 2361 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2362 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2363 u16 txop; 2364 u16 cwmin; 2365 u16 cwmax; 2366 u8 aifs; 2367 int link_id; 2368 }; 2369 2370 /** 2371 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2372 * 2373 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2374 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2375 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2376 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2377 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2378 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2379 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2380 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2381 * in the wiphy structure. 2382 * 2383 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2384 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2385 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2386 * 2387 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2388 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2389 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2390 * to userspace. 2391 */ 2392 2393 /** 2394 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2395 * @ssid: the SSID 2396 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2397 */ 2398 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2399 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2400 u8 ssid_len; 2401 }; 2402 2403 /** 2404 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2405 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2406 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2407 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2408 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2409 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2410 * userspace will be notified of that 2411 */ 2412 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2413 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2414 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2415 bool aborted; 2416 }; 2417 2418 /** 2419 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2420 * 2421 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2422 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2423 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2424 * which the above info relvant to 2425 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2426 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2427 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2428 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2429 */ 2430 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2431 u32 short_ssid; 2432 u32 channel_idx; 2433 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2434 bool unsolicited_probe; 2435 bool short_ssid_valid; 2436 bool psc_no_listen; 2437 }; 2438 2439 /** 2440 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2441 * 2442 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2443 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2444 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2445 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2446 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2447 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2448 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2449 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2450 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2451 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2452 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2453 * %duration field. 2454 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2455 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2456 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2457 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2458 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2459 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2460 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2461 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2462 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2463 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2464 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2465 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2466 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2467 * true if this is the second scan request 2468 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2469 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2470 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2471 */ 2472 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2473 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2474 int n_ssids; 2475 u32 n_channels; 2476 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2477 const u8 *ie; 2478 size_t ie_len; 2479 u16 duration; 2480 bool duration_mandatory; 2481 u32 flags; 2482 2483 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2484 2485 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2486 2487 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2488 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2489 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2490 2491 /* internal */ 2492 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2493 unsigned long scan_start; 2494 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2495 bool notified; 2496 bool no_cck; 2497 bool scan_6ghz; 2498 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2499 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2500 2501 /* keep last */ 2502 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2503 }; 2504 2505 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2506 { 2507 int i; 2508 2509 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2510 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2511 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2512 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2513 } 2514 } 2515 2516 /** 2517 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2518 * 2519 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2520 * or no match (RSSI only) 2521 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2522 * or no match (RSSI only) 2523 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2524 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2525 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2526 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2527 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2528 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2529 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2530 * corresponding matchset. 2531 */ 2532 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2533 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2534 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2535 s32 rssi_thold; 2536 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2537 }; 2538 2539 /** 2540 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2541 * 2542 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2543 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2544 * infinite loop. 2545 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2546 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2547 */ 2548 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2549 u32 interval; 2550 u32 iterations; 2551 }; 2552 2553 /** 2554 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2555 * 2556 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2557 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2558 */ 2559 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2560 enum nl80211_band band; 2561 s8 delta; 2562 }; 2563 2564 /** 2565 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2566 * 2567 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2568 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2569 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2570 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2571 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2572 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2573 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2574 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2575 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2576 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2577 * (others are filtered out). 2578 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2579 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2580 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2581 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2582 * @dev: the interface 2583 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2584 * @channels: channels to scan 2585 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2586 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2587 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2588 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2589 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2590 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2591 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2592 * index must be executed first. 2593 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2594 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2595 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2596 * owned by a particular socket) 2597 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2598 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2599 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2600 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2601 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2602 * supported. 2603 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2604 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2605 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2606 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2607 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2608 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2609 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2610 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2611 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2612 * comparisions. 2613 */ 2614 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2615 u64 reqid; 2616 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2617 int n_ssids; 2618 u32 n_channels; 2619 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2620 const u8 *ie; 2621 size_t ie_len; 2622 u32 flags; 2623 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2624 int n_match_sets; 2625 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2626 u32 delay; 2627 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2628 int n_scan_plans; 2629 2630 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2631 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2632 2633 bool relative_rssi_set; 2634 s8 relative_rssi; 2635 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2636 2637 /* internal */ 2638 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2639 struct net_device *dev; 2640 unsigned long scan_start; 2641 bool report_results; 2642 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2643 u32 owner_nlportid; 2644 bool nl_owner_dead; 2645 struct list_head list; 2646 2647 /* keep last */ 2648 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2649 }; 2650 2651 /** 2652 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2653 * 2654 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2655 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2656 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2657 */ 2658 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2659 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2660 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2661 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2662 }; 2663 2664 /** 2665 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2666 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2667 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2668 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2669 * signal type 2670 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2671 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2672 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2673 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2674 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2675 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2676 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2677 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2678 * by %parent_bssid. 2679 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2680 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2681 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2682 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2683 */ 2684 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2685 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2686 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2687 s32 signal; 2688 u64 boottime_ns; 2689 u64 parent_tsf; 2690 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2691 u8 chains; 2692 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2693 }; 2694 2695 /** 2696 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2697 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2698 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2699 * @len: length of the IEs 2700 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2701 * @data: IE data 2702 */ 2703 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2704 u64 tsf; 2705 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2706 int len; 2707 bool from_beacon; 2708 u8 data[]; 2709 }; 2710 2711 /** 2712 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2713 * 2714 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2715 * for use in scan results and similar. 2716 * 2717 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2718 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2719 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2720 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2721 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2722 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2723 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2724 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2725 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2726 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2727 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2728 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2729 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2730 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2731 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2732 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2733 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2734 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2735 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2736 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2737 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2738 * (multi-BSSID support) 2739 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2740 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2741 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2742 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2743 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2744 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2745 */ 2746 struct cfg80211_bss { 2747 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2748 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2749 2750 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2751 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2752 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2753 2754 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2755 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2756 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2757 2758 s32 signal; 2759 2760 u16 beacon_interval; 2761 u16 capability; 2762 2763 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2764 u8 chains; 2765 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2766 2767 u8 bssid_index; 2768 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2769 2770 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2771 }; 2772 2773 /** 2774 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2775 * @bss: the bss to search 2776 * @id: the element ID 2777 * 2778 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2779 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2780 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2781 */ 2782 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2783 2784 /** 2785 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2786 * @bss: the bss to search 2787 * @id: the element ID 2788 * 2789 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2790 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2791 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2792 */ 2793 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2794 { 2795 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2796 } 2797 2798 2799 /** 2800 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2801 * 2802 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2803 * authentication. 2804 * 2805 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2806 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2807 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2808 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2809 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2810 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2811 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2812 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2813 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2814 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2815 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2816 * transaction sequence number field. 2817 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2818 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2819 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2820 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2821 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2822 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2823 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2824 */ 2825 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2826 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2827 const u8 *ie; 2828 size_t ie_len; 2829 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2830 const u8 *key; 2831 u8 key_len; 2832 s8 key_idx; 2833 const u8 *auth_data; 2834 size_t auth_data_len; 2835 s8 link_id; 2836 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2837 }; 2838 2839 /** 2840 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2841 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2842 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2843 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2844 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2845 */ 2846 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2847 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2848 const u8 *elems; 2849 size_t elems_len; 2850 }; 2851 2852 /** 2853 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2854 * 2855 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2856 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2857 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2858 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2859 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2860 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2861 * request (connect callback). 2862 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2863 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2864 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2865 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2866 * flag is not set. 2867 */ 2868 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2869 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2870 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2871 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2872 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2873 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2874 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2875 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2876 }; 2877 2878 /** 2879 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2880 * 2881 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2882 * (re)association. 2883 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2884 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2885 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2886 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2887 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2888 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2889 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2890 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2891 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2892 * @crypto: crypto settings 2893 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2894 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2895 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2896 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2897 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2898 * frame. 2899 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2900 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2901 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2902 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2903 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2904 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2905 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2906 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2907 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2908 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2909 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2910 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2911 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2912 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2913 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2914 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2915 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2916 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2917 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2918 */ 2919 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2920 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2921 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2922 size_t ie_len; 2923 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2924 bool use_mfp; 2925 u32 flags; 2926 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2927 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2928 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2929 const u8 *fils_kek; 2930 size_t fils_kek_len; 2931 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2932 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2933 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2934 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2935 s8 link_id; 2936 }; 2937 2938 /** 2939 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2940 * 2941 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2942 * deauthentication. 2943 * 2944 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2945 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2946 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2947 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2948 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2949 * do not set a deauth frame 2950 */ 2951 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2952 const u8 *bssid; 2953 const u8 *ie; 2954 size_t ie_len; 2955 u16 reason_code; 2956 bool local_state_change; 2957 }; 2958 2959 /** 2960 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2961 * 2962 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2963 * disassociation. 2964 * 2965 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 2966 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2967 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2968 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2969 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2970 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2971 */ 2972 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2973 const u8 *ap_addr; 2974 const u8 *ie; 2975 size_t ie_len; 2976 u16 reason_code; 2977 bool local_state_change; 2978 }; 2979 2980 /** 2981 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2982 * 2983 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2984 * method. 2985 * 2986 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2987 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2988 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2989 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2990 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2991 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2992 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2993 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2994 * @ie_len: length of that 2995 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2996 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2997 * after joining 2998 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2999 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3000 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3001 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3002 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3003 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3004 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3005 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3006 * to operate on DFS channels. 3007 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3008 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3009 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3010 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3011 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3012 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3013 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3014 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3015 */ 3016 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3017 const u8 *ssid; 3018 const u8 *bssid; 3019 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3020 const u8 *ie; 3021 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3022 u16 beacon_interval; 3023 u32 basic_rates; 3024 bool channel_fixed; 3025 bool privacy; 3026 bool control_port; 3027 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3028 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3029 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3030 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3031 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3032 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3033 int wep_tx_key; 3034 }; 3035 3036 /** 3037 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3038 * 3039 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3040 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3041 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3042 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3043 */ 3044 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3045 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3046 union { 3047 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3048 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3049 } param; 3050 }; 3051 3052 /** 3053 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3054 * 3055 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3056 * authentication and association. 3057 * 3058 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3059 * on scan results) 3060 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3061 * %NULL if not specified 3062 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3063 * results) 3064 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3065 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3066 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3067 * to use. 3068 * @ssid: SSID 3069 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3070 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3071 * @ie: IEs for association request 3072 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3073 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3074 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3075 * @crypto: crypto settings 3076 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3077 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3078 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3079 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3080 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3081 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3082 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3083 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3084 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3085 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3086 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3087 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3088 * networks. 3089 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3090 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3091 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3092 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3093 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3094 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3095 * frame. 3096 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3097 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3098 * data IE. 3099 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3100 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3101 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3102 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3103 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3104 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3105 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3106 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3107 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3108 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3109 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3110 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3111 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3112 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3113 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3114 */ 3115 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3116 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3117 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3118 const u8 *bssid; 3119 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3120 const u8 *ssid; 3121 size_t ssid_len; 3122 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3123 const u8 *ie; 3124 size_t ie_len; 3125 bool privacy; 3126 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3127 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3128 const u8 *key; 3129 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3130 u32 flags; 3131 int bg_scan_period; 3132 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3133 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3134 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3135 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3136 bool pbss; 3137 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3138 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3139 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3140 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3141 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3142 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3143 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3144 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3145 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3146 bool want_1x; 3147 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3148 }; 3149 3150 /** 3151 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3152 * 3153 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3154 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3155 * 3156 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3157 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3158 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3159 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3160 */ 3161 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3162 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3163 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3164 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3165 }; 3166 3167 /** 3168 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3169 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3170 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3171 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3172 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3173 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3174 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3175 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3176 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3177 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3178 */ 3179 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3180 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3181 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3182 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3183 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3184 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3185 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3186 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3187 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3188 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3189 }; 3190 3191 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3192 3193 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3194 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3195 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3196 3197 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3198 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3199 3200 /** 3201 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3202 * 3203 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3204 * caching. 3205 * 3206 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3207 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3208 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3209 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3210 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3211 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3212 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3213 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3214 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3215 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3216 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3217 * %NULL). 3218 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3219 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3220 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3221 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3222 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3223 * used for it expires. 3224 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3225 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3226 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3227 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3228 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3229 */ 3230 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3231 const u8 *bssid; 3232 const u8 *pmkid; 3233 const u8 *pmk; 3234 size_t pmk_len; 3235 const u8 *ssid; 3236 size_t ssid_len; 3237 const u8 *cache_id; 3238 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3239 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3240 }; 3241 3242 /** 3243 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3244 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3245 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3246 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3247 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3248 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3249 * 3250 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3251 * memory, free @mask only! 3252 */ 3253 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3254 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3255 int pattern_len; 3256 int pkt_offset; 3257 }; 3258 3259 /** 3260 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3261 * 3262 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3263 * @src: source IP address 3264 * @dst: destination IP address 3265 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3266 * @src_port: source port 3267 * @dst_port: destination port 3268 * @payload_len: data payload length 3269 * @payload: data payload buffer 3270 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3271 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3272 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3273 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3274 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3275 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3276 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3277 */ 3278 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3279 struct socket *sock; 3280 __be32 src, dst; 3281 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3282 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3283 int payload_len; 3284 const u8 *payload; 3285 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3286 u32 data_interval; 3287 u32 wake_len; 3288 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3289 u32 tokens_size; 3290 /* must be last, variable member */ 3291 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3292 }; 3293 3294 /** 3295 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3296 * 3297 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3298 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3299 * operating as normal during suspend 3300 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3301 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3302 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3303 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3304 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3305 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3306 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3307 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3308 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3309 * NULL if not configured. 3310 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3311 */ 3312 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3313 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3314 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3315 rfkill_release; 3316 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3317 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3318 int n_patterns; 3319 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3320 }; 3321 3322 /** 3323 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3324 * 3325 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3326 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3327 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3328 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3329 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3330 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3331 */ 3332 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3333 int delay; 3334 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3335 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3336 int n_patterns; 3337 }; 3338 3339 /** 3340 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3341 * 3342 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3343 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3344 * @n_rules: number of rules 3345 */ 3346 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3347 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3348 int n_rules; 3349 }; 3350 3351 /** 3352 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3353 * 3354 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3355 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3356 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3357 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3358 * occurred (in MHz) 3359 */ 3360 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3361 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3362 int n_channels; 3363 u32 channels[]; 3364 }; 3365 3366 /** 3367 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3368 * 3369 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3370 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3371 * match information. 3372 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3373 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3374 */ 3375 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3376 int n_matches; 3377 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3378 }; 3379 3380 /** 3381 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3382 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3383 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3384 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3385 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3386 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3387 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3388 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3389 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3390 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3391 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3392 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3393 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3394 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3395 * it is. 3396 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3397 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3398 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3399 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3400 */ 3401 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3402 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3403 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3404 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3405 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3406 s32 pattern_idx; 3407 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3408 const void *packet; 3409 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3410 }; 3411 3412 /** 3413 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3414 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3415 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3416 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3417 * @kek_len: length of kek 3418 * @kck_len: length of kck 3419 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3420 */ 3421 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3422 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3423 u32 akm; 3424 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3425 }; 3426 3427 /** 3428 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3429 * 3430 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3431 * 3432 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3433 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3434 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3435 */ 3436 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3437 u16 md; 3438 const u8 *ie; 3439 size_t ie_len; 3440 }; 3441 3442 /** 3443 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3444 * 3445 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3446 * 3447 * @chan: channel to use 3448 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3449 * @wait: duration for ROC 3450 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3451 * @len: buffer length 3452 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3453 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3454 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3455 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3456 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3457 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3458 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3459 */ 3460 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3461 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3462 bool offchan; 3463 unsigned int wait; 3464 const u8 *buf; 3465 size_t len; 3466 bool no_cck; 3467 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3468 int n_csa_offsets; 3469 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3470 int link_id; 3471 }; 3472 3473 /** 3474 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3475 * 3476 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3477 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3478 */ 3479 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3480 u8 dscp; 3481 u8 up; 3482 }; 3483 3484 /** 3485 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3486 * 3487 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3488 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3489 */ 3490 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3491 u8 low; 3492 u8 high; 3493 }; 3494 3495 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3496 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3497 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3498 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3499 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3500 3501 /** 3502 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3503 * 3504 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3505 * 3506 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3507 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3508 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3509 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3510 */ 3511 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3512 u8 num_des; 3513 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3514 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3515 }; 3516 3517 /** 3518 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3519 * 3520 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3521 * 3522 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3523 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3524 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3525 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3526 */ 3527 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3528 u8 master_pref; 3529 u8 bands; 3530 }; 3531 3532 /** 3533 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3534 * configuration 3535 * 3536 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3537 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3538 */ 3539 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3540 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3541 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3542 }; 3543 3544 /** 3545 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3546 * 3547 * @filter: the content of the filter 3548 * @len: the length of the filter 3549 */ 3550 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3551 const u8 *filter; 3552 u8 len; 3553 }; 3554 3555 /** 3556 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3557 * 3558 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3559 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3560 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3561 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3562 * implementation specific. 3563 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3564 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3565 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3566 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3567 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3568 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3569 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3570 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3571 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3572 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3573 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3574 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3575 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3576 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3577 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3578 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3579 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3580 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3581 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3582 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3583 */ 3584 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3585 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3586 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3587 u8 publish_type; 3588 bool close_range; 3589 bool publish_bcast; 3590 bool subscribe_active; 3591 u8 followup_id; 3592 u8 followup_reqid; 3593 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3594 u32 ttl; 3595 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3596 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3597 bool srf_include; 3598 const u8 *srf_bf; 3599 u8 srf_bf_len; 3600 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3601 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3602 int srf_num_macs; 3603 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3604 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3605 u8 num_tx_filters; 3606 u8 num_rx_filters; 3607 u8 instance_id; 3608 u64 cookie; 3609 }; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3613 * 3614 * @aa: authenticator address 3615 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3616 * @pmk: the PMK material 3617 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3618 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3619 * holds PMK-R0. 3620 */ 3621 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3622 const u8 *aa; 3623 u8 pmk_len; 3624 const u8 *pmk; 3625 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3626 }; 3627 3628 /** 3629 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3630 * 3631 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3632 * 3633 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3634 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3635 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3636 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3637 * authentication response command interface. 3638 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3639 * authentication response command interface. 3640 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3641 * authentication request event interface. 3642 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3643 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3644 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3645 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3646 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3647 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3648 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3649 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3650 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3651 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3652 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3653 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3654 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3655 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3656 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3657 * chosen for the authentication. 3658 */ 3659 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3660 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3661 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3662 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3663 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3664 u16 status; 3665 const u8 *pmkid; 3666 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3667 }; 3668 3669 /** 3670 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3671 * 3672 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3673 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3674 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3675 * answered 3676 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3677 * successfully answered 3678 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3679 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3680 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3681 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3682 * of how much time the responder was busy 3683 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3684 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3685 * the responder 3686 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3687 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3688 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3689 */ 3690 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3691 u32 filled; 3692 u32 success_num; 3693 u32 partial_num; 3694 u32 failed_num; 3695 u32 asap_num; 3696 u32 non_asap_num; 3697 u64 total_duration_ms; 3698 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3699 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3700 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3701 }; 3702 3703 /** 3704 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3705 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3706 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3707 * reason than just "failure" 3708 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3709 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3710 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3711 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3712 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3713 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3714 * by the responder 3715 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3716 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3717 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3718 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3719 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3720 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3721 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3722 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3723 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3724 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3725 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3726 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3727 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3728 * the square root of the variance) 3729 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3730 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3731 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3732 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3733 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3734 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3735 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3736 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3737 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3738 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3739 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3740 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3741 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3742 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3743 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3744 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3745 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3746 */ 3747 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3748 const u8 *lci; 3749 const u8 *civicloc; 3750 unsigned int lci_len; 3751 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3752 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3753 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3754 s16 burst_index; 3755 u8 busy_retry_time; 3756 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3757 u8 burst_duration; 3758 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3759 s32 rssi_avg; 3760 s32 rssi_spread; 3761 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3762 s64 rtt_avg; 3763 s64 rtt_variance; 3764 s64 rtt_spread; 3765 s64 dist_avg; 3766 s64 dist_variance; 3767 s64 dist_spread; 3768 3769 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3770 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3771 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3772 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3773 tx_rate_valid:1, 3774 rx_rate_valid:1, 3775 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3776 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3777 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3778 dist_avg_valid:1, 3779 dist_variance_valid:1, 3780 dist_spread_valid:1; 3781 }; 3782 3783 /** 3784 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3785 * @addr: address of the peer 3786 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3787 * measurement was made) 3788 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3789 * @status: status of the measurement 3790 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3791 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3792 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3793 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3794 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3795 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3796 * @ftm: FTM result 3797 */ 3798 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3799 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3800 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3801 3802 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3803 3804 u8 final:1, 3805 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3806 3807 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3808 3809 union { 3810 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3811 }; 3812 }; 3813 3814 /** 3815 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3816 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3817 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3818 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3819 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3820 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3821 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3822 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3823 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3824 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3825 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3826 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3827 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3828 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3829 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3830 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3831 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3832 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3833 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3834 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3835 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3836 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3837 * 3838 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3839 */ 3840 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3841 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3842 u16 burst_period; 3843 u8 requested:1, 3844 asap:1, 3845 request_lci:1, 3846 request_civicloc:1, 3847 trigger_based:1, 3848 non_trigger_based:1, 3849 lmr_feedback:1; 3850 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3851 u8 burst_duration; 3852 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3853 u8 ftmr_retries; 3854 u8 bss_color; 3855 }; 3856 3857 /** 3858 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3859 * @addr: MAC address 3860 * @chandef: channel to use 3861 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3862 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3863 */ 3864 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3865 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3866 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3867 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3868 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3869 }; 3870 3871 /** 3872 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3873 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3874 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3875 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3876 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3877 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3878 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3879 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3880 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3881 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3882 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3883 * zero it means there's no timeout 3884 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3885 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3886 */ 3887 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3888 u64 cookie; 3889 void *drv_data; 3890 u32 n_peers; 3891 u32 nl_portid; 3892 3893 u32 timeout; 3894 3895 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3896 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3897 3898 struct list_head list; 3899 3900 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3901 }; 3902 3903 /** 3904 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3905 * 3906 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3907 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3908 * 3909 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3910 * 3911 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3912 * has to be done. 3913 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3914 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3915 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3916 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3917 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3918 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3919 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3920 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3921 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 3922 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 3923 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 3924 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3925 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 3926 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 3927 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 3928 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3929 */ 3930 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3931 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3932 u16 status; 3933 const u8 *ie; 3934 size_t ie_len; 3935 int assoc_link_id; 3936 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3937 }; 3938 3939 /** 3940 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3941 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3942 * for the entire device 3943 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3944 * for the given interface 3945 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3946 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3947 * for these subtypes 3948 */ 3949 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3950 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3951 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3952 }; 3953 3954 /** 3955 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3956 * 3957 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3958 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3959 * 3960 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3961 * on success or a negative error code. 3962 * 3963 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3964 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3965 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3966 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3967 * 3968 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3969 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3970 * configured for the device. 3971 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3972 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3973 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3974 * the device. 3975 * 3976 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3977 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3978 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3979 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3980 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3981 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3982 * 3983 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3984 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3985 * 3986 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3987 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3988 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3989 * 3990 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 3991 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 3992 * address is available. 3993 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 3994 * 3995 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3996 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 3997 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 3998 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 3999 * 4000 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4001 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4002 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4003 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4004 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4005 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4006 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4007 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4008 * 4009 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4010 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4011 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4012 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4013 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4014 * 4015 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4016 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4017 * 4018 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4019 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4020 * 4021 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4022 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4023 * 4024 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4025 * 4026 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4027 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4028 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4029 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4030 * 4031 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4032 * @del_station: Remove a station 4033 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4034 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4035 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4036 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4037 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4038 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4039 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4040 * 4041 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4042 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4043 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4044 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4045 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4046 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4047 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4048 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4049 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4050 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4051 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4052 * 4053 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4054 * 4055 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4056 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4057 * set, and which to leave alone. 4058 * 4059 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4060 * 4061 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4062 * 4063 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4064 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4065 * join the mesh instead. 4066 * 4067 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4068 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4069 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4070 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4071 * 4072 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4073 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4074 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4075 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4076 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4077 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4078 * 4079 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4080 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4081 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4082 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4083 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4084 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4085 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4086 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4087 * 4088 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4089 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4090 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4091 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4092 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4093 * was received. 4094 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4095 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4096 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4097 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4098 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4099 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4100 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4101 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4102 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4103 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4104 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4105 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4106 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4107 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4108 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4109 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4110 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4111 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4112 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4113 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4114 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4115 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4116 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4117 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4118 * 4119 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4120 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4121 * to a merge. 4122 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4123 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4124 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4125 * 4126 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4127 * MESH mode) 4128 * 4129 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4130 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4131 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4132 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4133 * 4134 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4135 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4136 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4137 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4138 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4139 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4140 * return 0 if successful 4141 * 4142 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4143 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4144 * 4145 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4146 * 4147 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4148 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4149 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4150 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4151 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4152 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4153 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4154 * the duration value. 4155 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4156 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4157 * frame on another channel 4158 * 4159 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4160 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4161 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4162 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4163 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4164 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4165 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4166 * 4167 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4168 * 4169 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4170 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4171 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4172 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4173 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4174 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4175 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4176 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4177 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4178 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4179 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4180 * disabled.) 4181 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4182 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4183 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4184 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4185 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4186 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4187 * thresholds. 4188 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4189 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4190 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4191 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4192 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4193 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4194 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4195 * 4196 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4197 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4198 * 4199 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4200 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4201 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4202 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4203 * 4204 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4205 * 4206 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4207 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4208 * 4209 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4210 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4211 * 4212 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4213 * 4214 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4215 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4216 * current monitoring channel. 4217 * 4218 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4219 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4220 * 4221 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4222 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4223 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4224 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4225 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4226 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4227 * 4228 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4229 * 4230 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4231 * was finished on another phy. 4232 * 4233 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4234 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4235 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4236 * 4237 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4238 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4239 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4240 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4241 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4242 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4243 * 4244 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4245 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4246 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4247 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4248 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4249 * as soon as possible. 4250 * 4251 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4252 * 4253 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4254 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4255 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4256 * 4257 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4258 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4259 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4260 * account. 4261 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4262 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4263 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4264 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4265 * rejected) 4266 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4267 * 4268 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4269 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4270 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4271 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4272 * 4273 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4274 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4275 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4276 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4277 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4278 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4279 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4280 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4281 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4282 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4283 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4284 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4285 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4286 * provided @nan_func. 4287 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4288 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4289 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4290 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4291 * 4292 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4293 * 4294 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4295 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4296 * 4297 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4298 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4299 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4300 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4301 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4302 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4303 * 4304 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4305 * user space 4306 * 4307 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4308 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4309 * 4310 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4311 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4312 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4313 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4314 * 4315 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4316 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4317 * DH IE through this interface. 4318 * 4319 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4320 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4321 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4322 * This callback may sleep. 4323 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4324 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4325 * 4326 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4327 * 4328 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4329 * 4330 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4331 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4332 * Response frame. 4333 * 4334 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4335 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4336 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4337 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4338 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4339 * radar channel. 4340 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4341 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4342 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4343 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4344 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4345 * 4346 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4347 */ 4348 struct cfg80211_ops { 4349 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4350 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4351 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4352 4353 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4354 const char *name, 4355 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4356 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4357 struct vif_params *params); 4358 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4359 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4360 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4361 struct net_device *dev, 4362 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4363 struct vif_params *params); 4364 4365 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4366 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4367 unsigned int link_id); 4368 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4369 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4370 unsigned int link_id); 4371 4372 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4373 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4374 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4375 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4376 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4377 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4378 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4379 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4380 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4381 const u8 *mac_addr); 4382 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4383 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4384 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4385 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4386 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4387 u8 key_index); 4388 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4389 struct net_device *netdev, 4390 int link_id, 4391 u8 key_index); 4392 4393 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4394 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4395 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4396 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4397 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4398 unsigned int link_id); 4399 4400 4401 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4402 const u8 *mac, 4403 struct station_parameters *params); 4404 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4405 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4406 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4407 const u8 *mac, 4408 struct station_parameters *params); 4409 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4410 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4411 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4412 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4413 4414 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4415 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4416 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4417 const u8 *dst); 4418 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4419 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4420 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4421 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4422 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4423 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4424 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4425 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4426 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4427 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4428 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4429 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4430 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4431 struct net_device *dev, 4432 struct mesh_config *conf); 4433 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4434 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4435 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4436 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4437 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4438 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4439 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4440 4441 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4442 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4443 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4444 4445 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4446 struct bss_parameters *params); 4447 4448 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4449 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4450 4451 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4452 struct net_device *dev, 4453 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4454 4455 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4456 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4457 4458 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4459 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4460 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4461 4462 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4463 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4464 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4465 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4466 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4467 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4468 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4469 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4470 4471 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4472 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4473 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4474 struct net_device *dev, 4475 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4476 u32 changed); 4477 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4478 u16 reason_code); 4479 4480 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4481 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4482 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4483 4484 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4485 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4486 4487 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4488 4489 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4490 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4491 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4492 int *dbm); 4493 4494 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4495 4496 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4497 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4498 void *data, int len); 4499 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4500 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4501 void *data, int len); 4502 #endif 4503 4504 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4505 struct net_device *dev, 4506 unsigned int link_id, 4507 const u8 *peer, 4508 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4509 4510 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4511 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4512 4513 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4514 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4515 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4516 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4517 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4518 4519 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4520 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4521 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4522 unsigned int duration, 4523 u64 *cookie); 4524 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4525 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4526 u64 cookie); 4527 4528 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4529 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4530 u64 *cookie); 4531 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4532 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4533 u64 cookie); 4534 4535 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4536 bool enabled, int timeout); 4537 4538 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4539 struct net_device *dev, 4540 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4541 4542 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4543 struct net_device *dev, 4544 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4545 4546 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4547 struct net_device *dev, 4548 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4549 4550 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4551 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4552 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4553 4554 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4555 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4556 4557 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4558 struct net_device *dev, 4559 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4560 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4561 u64 reqid); 4562 4563 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4564 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4565 4566 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4567 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4568 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4569 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4570 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4571 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4572 4573 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4574 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4575 4576 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4577 struct net_device *dev, 4578 u16 noack_map); 4579 4580 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4581 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4582 unsigned int link_id, 4583 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4584 4585 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4586 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4587 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4588 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4589 4590 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4591 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4592 4593 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4594 struct net_device *dev, 4595 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4596 u32 cac_time_ms); 4597 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4598 struct net_device *dev); 4599 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4600 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4601 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4602 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4603 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4604 u16 duration); 4605 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4606 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4607 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4608 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4609 4610 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4611 struct net_device *dev, 4612 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4613 4614 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4615 struct net_device *dev, 4616 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4617 4618 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4619 unsigned int link_id, 4620 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4621 4622 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4623 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4624 u16 admitted_time); 4625 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4626 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4627 4628 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4629 struct net_device *dev, 4630 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4631 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4632 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4633 struct net_device *dev, 4634 const u8 *addr); 4635 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4636 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4637 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4638 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4639 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4640 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4641 u64 cookie); 4642 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4643 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4644 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4645 u32 changes); 4646 4647 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4648 struct net_device *dev, 4649 const bool enabled); 4650 4651 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4652 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4653 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4654 4655 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4656 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4657 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4658 const u8 *aa); 4659 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4660 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4661 4662 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4663 struct net_device *dev, 4664 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4665 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4666 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4667 u64 *cookie); 4668 4669 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4670 struct net_device *dev, 4671 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4672 4673 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4674 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4675 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4676 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4677 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4678 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4679 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4680 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4681 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4682 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4683 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4684 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4685 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4686 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4687 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4688 struct net_device *dev, 4689 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4690 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4691 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4692 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4693 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4694 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4695 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4696 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4697 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4698 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4699 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4700 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4701 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4702 }; 4703 4704 /* 4705 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4706 * and registration/helper functions 4707 */ 4708 4709 /** 4710 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4711 * 4712 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4713 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4714 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4715 * wiphy at all 4716 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4717 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4718 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4719 * reason to override the default 4720 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4721 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4722 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4723 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4724 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4725 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4726 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4727 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4728 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4729 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4730 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4731 * firmware. 4732 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4733 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4734 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4735 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4736 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4737 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4738 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4739 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4740 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4741 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4742 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4743 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4744 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4745 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4746 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4747 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4748 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4749 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4750 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4751 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4752 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4753 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4754 * should set this flag for now. 4755 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4756 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4757 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4758 */ 4759 enum wiphy_flags { 4760 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4761 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4762 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4763 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4764 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4765 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4766 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4767 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4768 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4769 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4770 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4771 /* use hole at 12 */ 4772 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4773 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4774 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4775 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4776 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4777 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4778 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4779 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4780 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4781 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4782 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4783 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4784 }; 4785 4786 /** 4787 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4788 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4789 * @types: interface types (bits) 4790 */ 4791 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4792 u16 max; 4793 u16 types; 4794 }; 4795 4796 /** 4797 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4798 * 4799 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4800 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4801 * 4802 * Examples: 4803 * 4804 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4805 * 4806 * .. code-block:: c 4807 * 4808 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4809 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4810 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4811 * }; 4812 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4813 * .limits = limits1, 4814 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4815 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4816 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4817 * }; 4818 * 4819 * 4820 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4821 * 4822 * .. code-block:: c 4823 * 4824 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4825 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4826 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4827 * }; 4828 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4829 * .limits = limits2, 4830 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4831 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4832 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4833 * }; 4834 * 4835 * 4836 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4837 * 4838 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4839 * 4840 * .. code-block:: c 4841 * 4842 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4843 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4844 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4845 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4846 * }; 4847 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4848 * .limits = limits3, 4849 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4850 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4851 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4852 * }; 4853 * 4854 */ 4855 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4856 /** 4857 * @limits: 4858 * limits for the given interface types 4859 */ 4860 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * @num_different_channels: 4864 * can use up to this many different channels 4865 */ 4866 u32 num_different_channels; 4867 4868 /** 4869 * @max_interfaces: 4870 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4871 */ 4872 u16 max_interfaces; 4873 4874 /** 4875 * @n_limits: 4876 * number of limitations 4877 */ 4878 u8 n_limits; 4879 4880 /** 4881 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4882 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4883 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4884 */ 4885 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4886 4887 /** 4888 * @radar_detect_widths: 4889 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4890 */ 4891 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4892 4893 /** 4894 * @radar_detect_regions: 4895 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4896 */ 4897 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4898 4899 /** 4900 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4901 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4902 * 4903 * = 0 4904 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4905 * > 0 4906 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4907 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4908 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4909 */ 4910 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4911 }; 4912 4913 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4914 u16 tx, rx; 4915 }; 4916 4917 /** 4918 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4919 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4920 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4921 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4922 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4923 * packet should be preserved in that case 4924 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4925 * (see nl80211.h) 4926 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4927 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4928 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4929 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4930 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4931 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4932 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4933 */ 4934 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4935 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4936 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4937 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4938 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4939 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4940 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4941 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4942 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4943 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4944 }; 4945 4946 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4947 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4948 u32 data_payload_max; 4949 u32 data_interval_max; 4950 u32 wake_payload_max; 4951 bool seq; 4952 }; 4953 4954 /** 4955 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4956 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4957 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4958 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4959 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4960 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4961 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4962 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4963 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4964 * scheduled scans. 4965 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4966 * details. 4967 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4968 */ 4969 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4970 u32 flags; 4971 int n_patterns; 4972 int pattern_max_len; 4973 int pattern_min_len; 4974 int max_pkt_offset; 4975 int max_nd_match_sets; 4976 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4977 }; 4978 4979 /** 4980 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4981 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4982 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4983 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4984 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4985 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4986 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4987 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4988 */ 4989 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4990 int n_rules; 4991 int max_delay; 4992 int n_patterns; 4993 int pattern_max_len; 4994 int pattern_min_len; 4995 int max_pkt_offset; 4996 }; 4997 4998 /** 4999 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5000 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5001 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5002 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5003 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5004 */ 5005 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5006 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5007 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5008 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5009 }; 5010 5011 /** 5012 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5013 * 5014 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5015 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5016 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5017 * 5018 */ 5019 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5020 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5021 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5022 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5023 }; 5024 5025 /** 5026 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5027 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5028 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5029 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5030 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5031 */ 5032 5033 struct sta_opmode_info { 5034 u32 changed; 5035 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5036 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5037 u8 rx_nss; 5038 }; 5039 5040 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5041 5042 /** 5043 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5044 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5045 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5046 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5047 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5048 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5049 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5050 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5051 * dumpit calls. 5052 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5053 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5054 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5055 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5056 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5057 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5058 * are used with dump requests. 5059 */ 5060 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5061 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5062 u32 flags; 5063 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5064 const void *data, int data_len); 5065 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5066 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5067 unsigned long *storage); 5068 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5069 unsigned int maxattr; 5070 }; 5071 5072 /** 5073 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5074 * @iftype: interface type 5075 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5076 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5077 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5078 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5079 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5080 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5081 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5082 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5083 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5084 */ 5085 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5086 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5087 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5088 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5089 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5090 u16 eml_capabilities; 5091 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5092 }; 5093 5094 /** 5095 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5096 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5097 * @type: the interface type to look up 5098 */ 5099 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5100 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5101 5102 /** 5103 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5104 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5105 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5106 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5107 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5108 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5109 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5110 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5111 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5112 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5113 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5114 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5115 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5116 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5117 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5118 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5119 * not limited) 5120 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5121 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5122 */ 5123 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5124 unsigned int max_peers; 5125 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5126 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5127 5128 struct { 5129 u32 preambles; 5130 u32 bandwidths; 5131 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5132 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5133 u8 supported:1, 5134 asap:1, 5135 non_asap:1, 5136 request_lci:1, 5137 request_civicloc:1, 5138 trigger_based:1, 5139 non_trigger_based:1; 5140 } ftm; 5141 }; 5142 5143 /** 5144 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5145 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5146 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5147 * 5148 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5149 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5150 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5151 */ 5152 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5153 u16 iftypes_mask; 5154 const u32 *akm_suites; 5155 int n_akm_suites; 5156 }; 5157 5158 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5159 5160 /** 5161 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5162 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5163 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5164 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5165 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5166 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5167 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5168 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5169 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5170 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5171 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5172 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5173 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5174 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5175 * iftype_akm_suites. 5176 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5177 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5178 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5179 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5180 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5181 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5182 * suites are specified separately. 5183 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5184 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5185 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5186 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5187 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5188 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5189 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5190 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5191 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5192 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5193 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5194 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5195 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5196 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5197 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5198 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5199 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5200 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5201 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5202 * unregister hardware 5203 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5204 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5205 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5206 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5207 * (see below). 5208 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5209 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5210 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5211 * must be set by driver 5212 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5213 * list single interface types. 5214 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5215 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5216 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5217 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5218 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5219 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5220 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5221 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5222 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5223 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5224 * this variable determines its size 5225 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5226 * any given scan 5227 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5228 * the device can run concurrently. 5229 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5230 * for in any given scheduled scan 5231 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5232 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5233 * supported. 5234 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5235 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5236 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5237 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5238 * scans 5239 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5240 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5241 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5242 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5243 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5244 * scan plan supported by the device. 5245 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5246 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5247 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5248 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5249 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5250 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5251 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5252 * 5253 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5254 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5255 * type 5256 * 5257 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5258 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5259 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5260 * 5261 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5262 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5263 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5264 * 5265 * @probe_resp_offload: 5266 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5267 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5268 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5269 * 5270 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5271 * may request, if implemented. 5272 * 5273 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5274 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5275 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5276 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5277 * 5278 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5279 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5280 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5281 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5282 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5283 * 5284 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5285 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5286 * 5287 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5288 * supports for ACL. 5289 * 5290 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5291 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5292 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5293 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5294 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5295 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5296 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5297 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5298 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5299 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5300 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5301 * capabilities are specified separately. 5302 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5303 * 5304 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5305 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5306 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5307 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5308 * 5309 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5310 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5311 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5312 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5313 * 5314 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5315 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5316 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5317 * infinite. 5318 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5319 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5320 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5321 * 5322 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5323 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5324 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5325 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5326 * 5327 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5328 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5329 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5330 * 5331 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5332 * wake_tx_queue 5333 * 5334 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5335 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5336 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5337 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5338 * 5339 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5340 * 5341 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5342 * device has 5343 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5344 * supported by the driver for each vif 5345 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5346 * supported by the driver for each peer 5347 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5348 * long/short retry configuration 5349 * 5350 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5351 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5352 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5353 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5354 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5355 * 5356 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5357 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5358 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5359 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5360 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5361 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5362 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5363 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5364 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5365 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5366 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5367 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5368 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5369 * 5370 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5371 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5372 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5373 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5374 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5375 * specify a mac address). 5376 */ 5377 struct wiphy { 5378 struct mutex mtx; 5379 5380 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5381 5382 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5383 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5384 5385 struct mac_address *addresses; 5386 5387 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5388 5389 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5390 int n_iface_combinations; 5391 u16 software_iftypes; 5392 5393 u16 n_addresses; 5394 5395 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5396 u16 interface_modes; 5397 5398 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5399 5400 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5401 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5402 5403 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5404 5405 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5406 5407 int bss_priv_size; 5408 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5409 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5410 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5411 u8 max_match_sets; 5412 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5413 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5414 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5415 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5416 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5417 5418 int n_cipher_suites; 5419 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5420 5421 int n_akm_suites; 5422 const u32 *akm_suites; 5423 5424 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5425 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5426 5427 u8 retry_short; 5428 u8 retry_long; 5429 u32 frag_threshold; 5430 u32 rts_threshold; 5431 u8 coverage_class; 5432 5433 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5434 u32 hw_version; 5435 5436 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5437 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5438 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5439 #endif 5440 5441 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5442 5443 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5444 5445 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5446 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5447 5448 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5449 5450 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5451 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5452 5453 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5454 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5455 5456 const void *privid; 5457 5458 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5459 5460 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5461 struct regulatory_request *request); 5462 5463 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5464 5465 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5466 5467 struct device dev; 5468 5469 bool registered; 5470 5471 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5472 5473 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5474 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5475 5476 struct list_head wdev_list; 5477 5478 possible_net_t _net; 5479 5480 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5481 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5482 #endif 5483 5484 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5485 5486 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5487 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5488 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5489 5490 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5491 5492 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5493 5494 u32 bss_select_support; 5495 5496 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5497 5498 u32 txq_limit; 5499 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5500 u32 txq_quantum; 5501 5502 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5503 5504 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5505 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5506 5507 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5508 5509 struct { 5510 u64 peer, vif; 5511 u8 max_retry; 5512 } tid_config_support; 5513 5514 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5515 5516 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5517 5518 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5519 5520 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5521 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5522 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5523 5524 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5525 5526 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5527 }; 5528 5529 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5530 { 5531 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5532 } 5533 5534 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5535 { 5536 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5537 } 5538 5539 /** 5540 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5541 * 5542 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5543 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5544 */ 5545 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5546 { 5547 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5548 return &wiphy->priv; 5549 } 5550 5551 /** 5552 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5553 * 5554 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5555 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5556 */ 5557 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5558 { 5559 BUG_ON(!priv); 5560 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5561 } 5562 5563 /** 5564 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5565 * 5566 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5567 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5568 */ 5569 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5570 { 5571 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5572 } 5573 5574 /** 5575 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5576 * 5577 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5578 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5579 */ 5580 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5581 { 5582 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5583 } 5584 5585 /** 5586 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5587 * 5588 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5589 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5590 */ 5591 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5592 { 5593 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5594 } 5595 5596 /** 5597 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5598 * 5599 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5600 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5601 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5602 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5603 * 5604 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5605 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5606 * 5607 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5608 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5609 */ 5610 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5611 const char *requested_name); 5612 5613 /** 5614 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5615 * 5616 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5617 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5618 * 5619 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5620 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5621 * 5622 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5623 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5624 */ 5625 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5626 int sizeof_priv) 5627 { 5628 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5629 } 5630 5631 /** 5632 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5633 * 5634 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5635 * 5636 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5637 */ 5638 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5639 5640 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5641 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5642 5643 /** 5644 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5645 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5646 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5647 * 5648 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5649 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5650 */ 5651 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5652 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5653 5654 /** 5655 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5656 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5657 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5658 * 5659 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5660 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5661 */ 5662 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5663 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5664 5665 /** 5666 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5667 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5668 */ 5669 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5670 5671 /** 5672 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5673 * 5674 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5675 * 5676 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5677 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5678 * request that is being handled. 5679 */ 5680 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5681 5682 /** 5683 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5684 * 5685 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5686 */ 5687 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5688 5689 /* internal structs */ 5690 struct cfg80211_conn; 5691 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5692 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5693 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5694 5695 /** 5696 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5697 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5698 * 5699 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5700 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5701 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5702 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5703 * 5704 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5705 */ 5706 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5707 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5708 { 5709 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5710 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5711 } 5712 5713 /** 5714 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5715 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5716 */ 5717 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5718 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5719 { 5720 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5721 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5722 } 5723 5724 /** 5725 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5726 * 5727 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5728 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5729 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5730 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5731 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5732 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5733 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5734 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5735 * 5736 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5737 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5738 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5739 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5740 * 5741 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5742 * @iftype: interface type 5743 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5744 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5745 * for the notifier 5746 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5747 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5748 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5749 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5750 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5751 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5752 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5753 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5754 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5755 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5756 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5757 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5758 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5759 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5760 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5761 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5762 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5763 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5764 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5765 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5766 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5767 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5768 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5769 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5770 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5771 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5772 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5773 * and some API functions require it held 5774 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5775 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5776 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5777 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5778 * the P2P Device. 5779 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5780 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5781 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5782 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5783 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5784 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5785 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5786 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5787 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5788 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5789 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5790 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5791 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5792 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5793 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5794 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5795 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5796 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5797 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5798 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5799 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5800 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5801 * unprotected beacon report 5802 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5803 * @ap and @client for each link 5804 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5805 */ 5806 struct wireless_dev { 5807 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5808 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5809 5810 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5811 struct list_head list; 5812 struct net_device *netdev; 5813 5814 u32 identifier; 5815 5816 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5817 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5818 5819 struct mutex mtx; 5820 5821 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5822 5823 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5824 5825 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5826 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5827 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5828 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5829 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5830 5831 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5832 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5833 5834 struct list_head event_list; 5835 spinlock_t event_lock; 5836 5837 u8 connected:1; 5838 5839 bool ps; 5840 int ps_timeout; 5841 5842 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5843 5844 u32 owner_nlportid; 5845 bool nl_owner_dead; 5846 5847 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5848 bool cac_started; 5849 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5850 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5851 5852 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5853 /* wext data */ 5854 struct { 5855 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5856 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5857 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5858 const u8 *ie; 5859 size_t ie_len; 5860 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5861 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5862 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5863 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5864 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5865 } wext; 5866 #endif 5867 5868 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5869 5870 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5871 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5872 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5873 5874 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5875 5876 union { 5877 struct { 5878 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5879 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5880 u8 ssid_len; 5881 } client; 5882 struct { 5883 int beacon_interval; 5884 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5885 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5886 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5887 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5888 } mesh; 5889 struct { 5890 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5891 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5892 u8 ssid_len; 5893 } ap; 5894 struct { 5895 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5896 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5897 int beacon_interval; 5898 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5899 u8 ssid_len; 5900 } ibss; 5901 struct { 5902 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5903 } ocb; 5904 } u; 5905 5906 struct { 5907 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5908 union { 5909 struct { 5910 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5911 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5912 } ap; 5913 struct { 5914 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5915 } client; 5916 }; 5917 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5918 u16 valid_links; 5919 }; 5920 5921 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5922 { 5923 if (wdev->netdev) 5924 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5925 return wdev->address; 5926 } 5927 5928 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5929 { 5930 if (wdev->netdev) 5931 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5932 return wdev->is_running; 5933 } 5934 5935 /** 5936 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5937 * 5938 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5939 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5940 */ 5941 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5942 { 5943 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5944 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5945 } 5946 5947 /** 5948 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5949 * @wdev: the wdev 5950 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5951 * 5952 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5953 */ 5954 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5955 unsigned int link_id); 5956 5957 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5958 unsigned int link_id) 5959 { 5960 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5961 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5962 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5963 } 5964 5965 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 5966 for (link_id = 0; \ 5967 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 5968 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 5969 link_id++) \ 5970 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 5971 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 5972 5973 /** 5974 * DOC: Utility functions 5975 * 5976 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5977 */ 5978 5979 /** 5980 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5981 * 5982 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5983 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5984 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5985 */ 5986 static inline bool 5987 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5988 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5989 { 5990 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5991 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5992 } 5993 5994 /** 5995 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5996 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5997 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5998 */ 5999 static inline u32 6000 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6001 { 6002 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6003 } 6004 6005 /** 6006 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6007 * 6008 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6009 * @chan: channel 6010 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6011 */ 6012 enum nl80211_chan_width 6013 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6014 6015 /** 6016 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6017 * @chan: channel number 6018 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6019 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6020 */ 6021 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6022 6023 /** 6024 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6025 * @chan: channel number 6026 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6027 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6028 */ 6029 static inline int 6030 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6031 { 6032 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6033 } 6034 6035 /** 6036 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6037 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6038 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6039 */ 6040 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6041 6042 /** 6043 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6044 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6045 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6046 */ 6047 static inline int 6048 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6049 { 6050 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6051 } 6052 6053 /** 6054 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6055 * frequency 6056 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6057 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6058 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6059 */ 6060 struct ieee80211_channel * 6061 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6062 6063 /** 6064 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6065 * 6066 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6067 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6068 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6069 */ 6070 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6071 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6072 { 6073 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6074 } 6075 6076 /** 6077 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6078 * @chan: control channel to check 6079 * 6080 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6081 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6082 */ 6083 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6084 { 6085 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6086 return false; 6087 6088 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6089 } 6090 6091 /** 6092 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6093 * 6094 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6095 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6096 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6097 * 6098 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6099 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6100 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6101 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6102 */ 6103 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6104 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6105 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6106 6107 /** 6108 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6109 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6110 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6111 * 6112 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6113 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6114 */ 6115 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6116 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6117 6118 /* 6119 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6120 * 6121 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6122 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6123 */ 6124 6125 struct radiotap_align_size { 6126 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6127 }; 6128 6129 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6130 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6131 int n_bits; 6132 uint32_t oui; 6133 uint8_t subns; 6134 }; 6135 6136 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6137 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6138 int n_ns; 6139 }; 6140 6141 /** 6142 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6143 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6144 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6145 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6146 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6147 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6148 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6149 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6150 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6151 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6152 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6153 * radiotap namespace or not 6154 * 6155 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6156 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6157 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6158 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6159 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6160 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6161 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6162 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6163 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6164 * next bitmap word 6165 * 6166 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6167 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6168 */ 6169 6170 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6171 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6172 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6173 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6174 6175 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6176 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6177 6178 unsigned char *this_arg; 6179 int this_arg_index; 6180 int this_arg_size; 6181 6182 int is_radiotap_ns; 6183 6184 int _max_length; 6185 int _arg_index; 6186 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6187 int _reset_on_ext; 6188 }; 6189 6190 int 6191 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6192 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6193 int max_length, 6194 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6195 6196 int 6197 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6198 6199 6200 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6201 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6202 6203 /** 6204 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6205 * 6206 * @skb: the frame 6207 * 6208 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6209 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6210 * 6211 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6212 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6213 * 802.11 header. 6214 */ 6215 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6216 6217 /** 6218 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6219 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6220 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6221 */ 6222 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6223 6224 /** 6225 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6226 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6227 * (first byte) will be accessed 6228 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6229 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6230 */ 6231 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6232 6233 /** 6234 * DOC: Data path helpers 6235 * 6236 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6237 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6238 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6239 */ 6240 6241 /** 6242 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6243 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6244 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6245 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6246 * @addr: the device MAC address 6247 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6248 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6249 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6250 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6251 */ 6252 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6253 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6254 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6255 6256 /** 6257 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6258 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6259 * @addr: the device MAC address 6260 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6261 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6262 */ 6263 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6264 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6265 { 6266 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6267 } 6268 6269 /** 6270 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6271 * 6272 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6273 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6274 * mesh control field. 6275 * 6276 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6277 * @mesh_hdr: use standard compliant mesh A-MSDU subframe header 6278 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6279 */ 6280 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, bool mesh_hdr); 6281 6282 /** 6283 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6284 * 6285 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6286 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6287 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6288 * 6289 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6290 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6291 * initialized by the caller. 6292 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6293 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6294 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6295 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6296 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6297 * @mesh_control: A-MSDU subframe header includes the mesh control field 6298 */ 6299 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6300 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6301 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6302 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6303 bool mesh_control); 6304 6305 /** 6306 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6307 * 6308 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6309 * protocol. 6310 * 6311 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6312 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6313 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6314 */ 6315 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6316 6317 /** 6318 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6319 * 6320 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6321 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6322 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6323 * 6324 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6325 */ 6326 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6327 6328 /** 6329 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6330 * @skb: the data frame 6331 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6332 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6333 */ 6334 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6335 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6336 6337 /** 6338 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6339 * 6340 * @eid: element ID 6341 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6342 * @len: length of data 6343 * @match: byte array to match 6344 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6345 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6346 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6347 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6348 * the data portion instead. 6349 * 6350 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6351 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6352 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6353 * requested element struct. 6354 * 6355 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6356 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6357 * byte array to match. 6358 */ 6359 const struct element * 6360 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6361 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6362 unsigned int match_offset); 6363 6364 /** 6365 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6366 * 6367 * @eid: element ID 6368 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6369 * @len: length of data 6370 * @match: byte array to match 6371 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6372 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6373 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6374 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6375 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6376 * the second byte is the IE length. 6377 * 6378 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6379 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6380 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6381 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6382 * element ID. 6383 * 6384 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6385 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6386 * byte array to match. 6387 */ 6388 static inline const u8 * 6389 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6390 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6391 unsigned int match_offset) 6392 { 6393 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6394 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6395 */ 6396 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6397 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6398 return NULL; 6399 6400 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6401 match, match_len, 6402 match_offset ? 6403 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6404 } 6405 6406 /** 6407 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6408 * 6409 * @eid: element ID 6410 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6411 * @len: length of data 6412 * 6413 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6414 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6415 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6416 * requested element struct. 6417 * 6418 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6419 * having to fit into the given data. 6420 */ 6421 static inline const struct element * 6422 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6423 { 6424 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6425 } 6426 6427 /** 6428 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6429 * 6430 * @eid: element ID 6431 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6432 * @len: length of data 6433 * 6434 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6435 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6436 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6437 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6438 * 6439 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6440 * having to fit into the given data. 6441 */ 6442 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6443 { 6444 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6445 } 6446 6447 /** 6448 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6449 * 6450 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6451 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6452 * @len: length of data 6453 * 6454 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6455 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6456 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6457 * requested element struct. 6458 * 6459 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6460 * having to fit into the given data. 6461 */ 6462 static inline const struct element * 6463 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6464 { 6465 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6466 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6467 } 6468 6469 /** 6470 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6471 * 6472 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6473 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6474 * @len: length of data 6475 * 6476 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6477 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6478 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6479 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6480 * 6481 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6482 * having to fit into the given data. 6483 */ 6484 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6485 { 6486 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6487 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6488 } 6489 6490 /** 6491 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6492 * 6493 * @oui: vendor OUI 6494 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6495 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6496 * @len: length of data 6497 * 6498 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6499 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6500 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6501 * 6502 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6503 * the given data. 6504 */ 6505 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6506 const u8 *ies, 6507 unsigned int len); 6508 6509 /** 6510 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6511 * 6512 * @oui: vendor OUI 6513 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6514 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6515 * @len: length of data 6516 * 6517 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6518 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6519 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6520 * element ID. 6521 * 6522 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6523 * the given data. 6524 */ 6525 static inline const u8 * 6526 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6527 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6528 { 6529 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6530 } 6531 6532 /** 6533 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6534 * 6535 * @dev: network device 6536 * @addr: STA MAC address 6537 * 6538 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6539 * devices upon STA association. 6540 */ 6541 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6542 6543 /** 6544 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6545 * 6546 * TODO 6547 */ 6548 6549 /** 6550 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6551 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6552 * conflicts) 6553 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6554 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6555 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6556 * alpha2. 6557 * 6558 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6559 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6560 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6561 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6562 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6563 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6564 * 6565 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6566 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6567 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6568 * 6569 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6570 * an -ENOMEM. 6571 * 6572 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6573 */ 6574 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6575 6576 /** 6577 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6578 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6579 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6580 * 6581 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6582 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6583 * information. 6584 * 6585 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6586 */ 6587 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6588 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6589 6590 /** 6591 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6592 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6593 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6594 * 6595 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6596 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6597 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6598 * 6599 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6600 */ 6601 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6602 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6603 6604 /** 6605 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6606 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6607 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6608 * 6609 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6610 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6611 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6612 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6613 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6614 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6615 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6616 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6617 * that called this helper. 6618 */ 6619 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6620 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6621 6622 /** 6623 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6624 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6625 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6626 * 6627 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6628 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6629 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6630 * and processed already. 6631 * 6632 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6633 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6634 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6635 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6636 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6637 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6638 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6639 */ 6640 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6641 u32 center_freq); 6642 6643 /** 6644 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6645 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6646 * 6647 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6648 * proper string representation. 6649 */ 6650 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6651 6652 /** 6653 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6654 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6655 * 6656 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6657 */ 6658 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6659 6660 /** 6661 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6662 * 6663 */ 6664 6665 /** 6666 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6667 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6668 * 6669 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6670 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6671 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6672 * 6673 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6674 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6675 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6676 * 6677 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6678 * an -ENODATA. 6679 * 6680 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6681 */ 6682 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6683 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6684 6685 /* 6686 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6687 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6688 */ 6689 6690 /** 6691 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6692 * 6693 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6694 * @info: information about the completed scan 6695 */ 6696 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6697 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6698 6699 /** 6700 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6701 * 6702 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6703 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6704 */ 6705 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6706 6707 /** 6708 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6709 * 6710 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6711 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6712 * 6713 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6714 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6715 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6716 */ 6717 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6718 6719 /** 6720 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6721 * 6722 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6723 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6724 * 6725 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6726 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6727 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6728 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6729 */ 6730 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6731 6732 /** 6733 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6734 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6735 * @data: the BSS metadata 6736 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6737 * @len: length of the management frame 6738 * @gfp: context flags 6739 * 6740 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6741 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6742 * 6743 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6744 * Or %NULL on error. 6745 */ 6746 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6747 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6748 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6749 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6750 gfp_t gfp); 6751 6752 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6753 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6754 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6755 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6756 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6757 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6758 { 6759 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6760 .chan = rx_channel, 6761 .scan_width = scan_width, 6762 .signal = signal, 6763 }; 6764 6765 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6766 } 6767 6768 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6769 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6770 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6771 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6772 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6773 { 6774 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6775 .chan = rx_channel, 6776 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6777 .signal = signal, 6778 }; 6779 6780 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6781 } 6782 6783 /** 6784 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6785 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6786 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6787 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6788 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6789 */ 6790 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6791 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6792 { 6793 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6794 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6795 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6796 6797 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6798 6799 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6800 6801 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6802 } 6803 6804 /** 6805 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6806 * @element: element to check 6807 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6808 */ 6809 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6810 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6811 6812 /** 6813 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6814 * @ie: ies 6815 * @ielen: length of IEs 6816 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6817 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6818 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6819 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6820 */ 6821 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6822 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6823 const struct element *sub_elem, 6824 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6825 6826 /** 6827 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6828 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6829 * from a beacon or probe response 6830 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6831 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6832 */ 6833 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6834 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6835 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6836 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6837 }; 6838 6839 /** 6840 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6841 * @ie: IEs 6842 * @ielen: length of IEs 6843 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6844 * 6845 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6846 */ 6847 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6848 enum nl80211_band band); 6849 6850 /** 6851 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6852 * 6853 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6854 * @data: the BSS metadata 6855 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6856 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6857 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6858 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6859 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6860 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6861 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6862 * @gfp: context flags 6863 * 6864 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6865 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6866 * 6867 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6868 * Or %NULL on error. 6869 */ 6870 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6871 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6872 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6873 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6874 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6875 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6876 gfp_t gfp); 6877 6878 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6879 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6880 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6881 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6882 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6883 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6884 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6885 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6886 { 6887 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6888 .chan = rx_channel, 6889 .scan_width = scan_width, 6890 .signal = signal, 6891 }; 6892 6893 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6894 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6895 gfp); 6896 } 6897 6898 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6899 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6900 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6901 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6902 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6903 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6904 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6905 { 6906 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6907 .chan = rx_channel, 6908 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6909 .signal = signal, 6910 }; 6911 6912 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6913 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6914 gfp); 6915 } 6916 6917 /** 6918 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6919 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6920 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6921 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6922 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6923 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6924 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6925 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6926 */ 6927 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6928 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6929 const u8 *bssid, 6930 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6931 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6932 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6933 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6934 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6935 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6936 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6937 { 6938 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6939 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6940 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6941 } 6942 6943 /** 6944 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6945 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6946 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6947 * 6948 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6949 */ 6950 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6951 6952 /** 6953 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6954 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6955 * @bss: the BSS struct 6956 * 6957 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6958 */ 6959 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6960 6961 /** 6962 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6963 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6964 * @bss: the bss to remove 6965 * 6966 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6967 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6968 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6969 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6970 */ 6971 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6972 6973 /** 6974 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6975 * 6976 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6977 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6978 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6979 * 6980 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6981 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6982 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6983 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6984 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6985 */ 6986 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6987 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6988 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6989 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6990 void *data), 6991 void *iter_data); 6992 6993 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6994 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6995 { 6996 switch (chandef->width) { 6997 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6998 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6999 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 7000 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 7001 default: 7002 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 7003 } 7004 } 7005 7006 /** 7007 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7008 * @dev: network device 7009 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7010 * @len: length of the frame data 7011 * 7012 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7013 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7014 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7015 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7016 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7017 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7018 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7019 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7020 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7021 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7022 * 7023 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7024 */ 7025 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7026 7027 /** 7028 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7029 * @dev: network device 7030 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7031 * 7032 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7033 * mutex. 7034 */ 7035 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7036 7037 /** 7038 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7039 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7040 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7041 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7042 * @len: length of the frame data 7043 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7044 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7045 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7046 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7047 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7048 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7049 * non-MLO connections 7050 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7051 * were rejected by the AP. 7052 */ 7053 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7054 const u8 *buf; 7055 size_t len; 7056 const u8 *req_ies; 7057 size_t req_ies_len; 7058 int uapsd_queues; 7059 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7060 struct { 7061 const u8 *addr; 7062 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7063 u16 status; 7064 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7065 }; 7066 7067 /** 7068 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7069 * @dev: network device 7070 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7071 * 7072 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7073 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7074 * 7075 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7076 */ 7077 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7078 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7079 7080 /** 7081 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7082 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7083 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7084 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7085 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7086 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7087 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7088 */ 7089 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7090 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7091 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7092 bool timeout; 7093 }; 7094 7095 /** 7096 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7097 * @dev: network device 7098 * @data: data describing the association failure 7099 * 7100 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7101 */ 7102 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7103 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7104 7105 /** 7106 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7107 * @dev: network device 7108 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7109 * @len: length of the frame data 7110 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7111 * 7112 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7113 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7114 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7115 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7116 */ 7117 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7118 bool reconnect); 7119 7120 /** 7121 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7122 * @dev: network device 7123 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7124 * @len: length of the frame data 7125 * 7126 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7127 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7128 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7129 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7130 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7131 * 7132 * This function may sleep. 7133 */ 7134 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7135 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7136 7137 /** 7138 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7139 * @dev: network device 7140 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7141 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7142 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7143 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7144 * @gfp: allocation flags 7145 * 7146 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7147 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7148 * primitive. 7149 */ 7150 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7151 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7152 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7153 7154 /** 7155 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7156 * 7157 * @dev: network device 7158 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7159 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7160 * @gfp: allocation flags 7161 * 7162 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7163 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7164 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7165 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7166 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7167 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7168 */ 7169 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7170 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7171 7172 /** 7173 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7174 * candidate 7175 * 7176 * @dev: network device 7177 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7178 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7179 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7180 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7181 * @gfp: allocation flags 7182 * 7183 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7184 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7185 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7186 */ 7187 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7188 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7189 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7190 7191 /** 7192 * DOC: RFkill integration 7193 * 7194 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7195 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7196 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7197 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7198 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7199 * 7200 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7201 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7202 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7203 */ 7204 7205 /** 7206 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7207 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7208 * @blocked: block status 7209 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7210 */ 7211 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7212 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7213 7214 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7215 { 7216 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7217 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7218 } 7219 7220 /** 7221 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7222 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7223 */ 7224 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7225 7226 /** 7227 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7228 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7229 */ 7230 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7231 { 7232 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7233 } 7234 7235 /** 7236 * DOC: Vendor commands 7237 * 7238 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7239 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7240 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7241 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7242 * the configuration mechanism. 7243 * 7244 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7245 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7246 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7247 * 7248 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7249 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7250 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7251 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7252 * managers etc. need. 7253 */ 7254 7255 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7256 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7257 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7258 int approxlen); 7259 7260 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7261 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7262 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7263 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7264 unsigned int portid, 7265 int vendor_event_idx, 7266 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7267 7268 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7269 7270 /** 7271 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7272 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7273 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7274 * be put into the skb 7275 * 7276 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7277 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7278 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7279 * 7280 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7281 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7282 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7283 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7284 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7285 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7286 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7287 * 7288 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7289 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7290 * 7291 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7292 */ 7293 static inline struct sk_buff * 7294 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7295 { 7296 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7297 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7298 } 7299 7300 /** 7301 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7302 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7303 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7304 * 7305 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7306 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7307 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7308 * skb regardless of the return value. 7309 * 7310 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7311 */ 7312 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7313 7314 /** 7315 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7316 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7317 * 7318 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7319 * Valid to call only there. 7320 */ 7321 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7322 7323 /** 7324 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7325 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7326 * @wdev: the wireless device 7327 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7328 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7329 * be put into the skb 7330 * @gfp: allocation flags 7331 * 7332 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7333 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7334 * 7335 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7336 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7337 * attribute. 7338 * 7339 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7340 * skb to send the event. 7341 * 7342 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7343 */ 7344 static inline struct sk_buff * 7345 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7346 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7347 { 7348 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7349 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7350 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7351 } 7352 7353 /** 7354 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7355 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7356 * @wdev: the wireless device 7357 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7358 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7359 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7360 * be put into the skb 7361 * @gfp: allocation flags 7362 * 7363 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7364 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7365 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7366 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7367 * 7368 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7369 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7370 * attribute. 7371 * 7372 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7373 * skb to send the event. 7374 * 7375 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7376 */ 7377 static inline struct sk_buff * 7378 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7379 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7380 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7381 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7382 { 7383 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7384 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7385 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7386 } 7387 7388 /** 7389 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7390 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7391 * @gfp: allocation flags 7392 * 7393 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7394 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7395 */ 7396 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7397 { 7398 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7399 } 7400 7401 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7402 /** 7403 * DOC: Test mode 7404 * 7405 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7406 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7407 * factory programming. 7408 * 7409 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7410 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7411 */ 7412 7413 /** 7414 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7415 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7416 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7417 * be put into the skb 7418 * 7419 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7420 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7421 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7422 * 7423 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7424 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7425 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7426 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7427 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7428 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7429 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7430 * 7431 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7432 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7433 * 7434 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7435 */ 7436 static inline struct sk_buff * 7437 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7438 { 7439 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7440 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7441 } 7442 7443 /** 7444 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7445 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7446 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7447 * 7448 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7449 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7450 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7451 * regardless of the return value. 7452 * 7453 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7454 */ 7455 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7456 { 7457 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7458 } 7459 7460 /** 7461 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7462 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7463 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7464 * be put into the skb 7465 * @gfp: allocation flags 7466 * 7467 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7468 * testmode multicast group. 7469 * 7470 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7471 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7472 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7473 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7474 * in any other way. 7475 * 7476 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7477 * skb to send the event. 7478 * 7479 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7480 */ 7481 static inline struct sk_buff * 7482 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7483 { 7484 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7485 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7486 approxlen, gfp); 7487 } 7488 7489 /** 7490 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7491 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7492 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7493 * @gfp: allocation flags 7494 * 7495 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7496 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7497 * consumes it. 7498 */ 7499 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7500 { 7501 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7502 } 7503 7504 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7505 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7506 #else 7507 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7508 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7509 #endif 7510 7511 /** 7512 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7513 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7514 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7515 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7516 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7517 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7518 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7519 * status for a FILS connection. 7520 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7521 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7522 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7523 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7524 */ 7525 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7526 const u8 *kek; 7527 size_t kek_len; 7528 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7529 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7530 const u8 *pmk; 7531 size_t pmk_len; 7532 const u8 *pmkid; 7533 }; 7534 7535 /** 7536 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7537 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7538 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7539 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7540 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7541 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7542 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7543 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7544 * case. 7545 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7546 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7547 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7548 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7549 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7550 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7551 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7552 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7553 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7554 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7555 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7556 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7557 * zero. 7558 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7559 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7560 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7561 * connected AP info. 7562 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7563 * %NULL. 7564 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7565 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7566 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7567 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7568 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7569 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7570 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7571 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7572 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7573 * to be specified. 7574 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7575 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7576 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7577 */ 7578 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7579 int status; 7580 const u8 *req_ie; 7581 size_t req_ie_len; 7582 const u8 *resp_ie; 7583 size_t resp_ie_len; 7584 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7585 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7586 7587 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7588 u16 valid_links; 7589 struct { 7590 const u8 *addr; 7591 const u8 *bssid; 7592 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7593 u16 status; 7594 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7595 }; 7596 7597 /** 7598 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7599 * 7600 * @dev: network device 7601 * @params: connection response parameters 7602 * @gfp: allocation flags 7603 * 7604 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7605 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7606 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7607 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7608 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7609 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7610 */ 7611 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7612 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7613 gfp_t gfp); 7614 7615 /** 7616 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7617 * 7618 * @dev: network device 7619 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7620 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7621 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7622 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7623 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7624 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7625 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7626 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7627 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7628 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7629 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7630 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7631 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7632 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7633 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7634 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7635 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7636 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7637 * case. 7638 * @gfp: allocation flags 7639 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7640 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7641 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7642 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7643 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7644 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7645 * 7646 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7647 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7648 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7649 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7650 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7651 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7652 */ 7653 static inline void 7654 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7655 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7656 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7657 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7658 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7659 { 7660 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7661 7662 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7663 params.status = status; 7664 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7665 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7666 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7667 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7668 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7669 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7670 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7671 7672 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7673 } 7674 7675 /** 7676 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7677 * 7678 * @dev: network device 7679 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7680 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7681 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7682 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7683 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7684 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7685 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7686 * the real status code for failures. 7687 * @gfp: allocation flags 7688 * 7689 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7690 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7691 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7692 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7693 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7694 */ 7695 static inline void 7696 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7697 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7698 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7699 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7700 { 7701 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7702 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7703 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7704 } 7705 7706 /** 7707 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7708 * 7709 * @dev: network device 7710 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7711 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7712 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7713 * @gfp: allocation flags 7714 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7715 * 7716 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7717 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7718 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7719 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7720 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7721 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7722 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7723 */ 7724 static inline void 7725 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7726 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7727 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7728 { 7729 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7730 gfp, timeout_reason); 7731 } 7732 7733 /** 7734 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7735 * 7736 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7737 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7738 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7739 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7740 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7741 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7742 * Otherwise zero. 7743 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7744 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7745 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7746 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7747 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7748 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7749 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7750 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7751 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7752 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7753 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7754 */ 7755 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7756 const u8 *req_ie; 7757 size_t req_ie_len; 7758 const u8 *resp_ie; 7759 size_t resp_ie_len; 7760 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7761 7762 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7763 u16 valid_links; 7764 struct { 7765 const u8 *addr; 7766 const u8 *bssid; 7767 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7768 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7769 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7770 }; 7771 7772 /** 7773 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7774 * 7775 * @dev: network device 7776 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7777 * @gfp: allocation flags 7778 * 7779 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7780 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7781 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7782 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7783 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7784 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7785 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7786 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7787 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7788 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7789 */ 7790 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7791 gfp_t gfp); 7792 7793 /** 7794 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7795 * 7796 * @dev: network device 7797 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7798 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 7799 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 7800 * @gfp: allocation flags 7801 * 7802 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7803 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7804 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7805 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7806 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7807 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7808 */ 7809 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7810 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 7811 7812 /** 7813 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7814 * 7815 * @dev: network device 7816 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7817 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7818 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7819 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7820 * @gfp: allocation flags 7821 * 7822 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7823 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7824 */ 7825 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7826 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7827 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7828 7829 /** 7830 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7831 * @wdev: wireless device 7832 * @cookie: the request cookie 7833 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7834 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7835 * channel 7836 * @gfp: allocation flags 7837 */ 7838 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7839 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7840 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7841 7842 /** 7843 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7844 * @wdev: wireless device 7845 * @cookie: the request cookie 7846 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7847 * @gfp: allocation flags 7848 */ 7849 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7850 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7851 gfp_t gfp); 7852 7853 /** 7854 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7855 * @wdev: wireless device 7856 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7857 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7858 * @gfp: allocation flags 7859 */ 7860 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7861 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7862 7863 /** 7864 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7865 * 7866 * @sinfo: the station information 7867 * @gfp: allocation flags 7868 */ 7869 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7870 7871 /** 7872 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7873 * @sinfo: the station information 7874 * 7875 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7876 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7877 * the stack.) 7878 */ 7879 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7880 { 7881 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7882 } 7883 7884 /** 7885 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7886 * 7887 * @dev: the netdev 7888 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7889 * @sinfo: the station information 7890 * @gfp: allocation flags 7891 */ 7892 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7893 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7894 7895 /** 7896 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7897 * @dev: the netdev 7898 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7899 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7900 * @gfp: allocation flags 7901 */ 7902 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7903 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7904 7905 /** 7906 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7907 * 7908 * @dev: the netdev 7909 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7910 * @gfp: allocation flags 7911 */ 7912 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7913 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7914 { 7915 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7916 } 7917 7918 /** 7919 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7920 * 7921 * @dev: the netdev 7922 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7923 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7924 * @gfp: allocation flags 7925 * 7926 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7927 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7928 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7929 * 7930 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7931 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7932 */ 7933 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7934 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7935 gfp_t gfp); 7936 7937 /** 7938 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 7939 * 7940 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 7941 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7942 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 7943 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 7944 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 7945 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7946 * @len: length of the frame data 7947 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7948 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 7949 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 7950 */ 7951 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 7952 int freq; 7953 int sig_dbm; 7954 bool have_link_id; 7955 u8 link_id; 7956 const u8 *buf; 7957 size_t len; 7958 u32 flags; 7959 u64 rx_tstamp; 7960 u64 ack_tstamp; 7961 }; 7962 7963 /** 7964 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 7965 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7966 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 7967 * 7968 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7969 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7970 * 7971 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7972 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7973 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7974 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7975 */ 7976 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7977 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 7978 7979 /** 7980 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7981 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7982 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7983 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7984 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7985 * @len: length of the frame data 7986 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7987 * 7988 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7989 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7990 * 7991 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7992 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7993 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7994 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7995 */ 7996 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7997 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7998 u32 flags) 7999 { 8000 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8001 .freq = freq, 8002 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8003 .buf = buf, 8004 .len = len, 8005 .flags = flags 8006 }; 8007 8008 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8009 } 8010 8011 /** 8012 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8013 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8014 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8015 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8016 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8017 * @len: length of the frame data 8018 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8019 * 8020 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8021 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8022 * 8023 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8024 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8025 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8026 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8027 */ 8028 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8029 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8030 u32 flags) 8031 { 8032 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8033 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8034 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8035 .buf = buf, 8036 .len = len, 8037 .flags = flags 8038 }; 8039 8040 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8041 } 8042 8043 /** 8044 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8045 * 8046 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8047 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8048 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8049 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8050 * @len: length of the frame data 8051 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8052 */ 8053 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8054 u64 cookie; 8055 u64 tx_tstamp; 8056 u64 ack_tstamp; 8057 const u8 *buf; 8058 size_t len; 8059 bool ack; 8060 }; 8061 8062 /** 8063 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8064 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8065 * @status: TX status data 8066 * @gfp: context flags 8067 * 8068 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8069 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8070 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8071 */ 8072 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8073 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8074 8075 /** 8076 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8077 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8078 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8079 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8080 * @len: length of the frame data 8081 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8082 * @gfp: context flags 8083 * 8084 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8085 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8086 * transmission attempt. 8087 */ 8088 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8089 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8090 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8091 { 8092 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8093 .cookie = cookie, 8094 .buf = buf, 8095 .len = len, 8096 .ack = ack 8097 }; 8098 8099 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8100 } 8101 8102 /** 8103 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8104 * port frames 8105 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8106 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8107 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8108 * @len: length of the frame data 8109 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8110 * @gfp: context flags 8111 * 8112 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8113 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8114 * the transmission attempt. 8115 */ 8116 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8117 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8118 gfp_t gfp); 8119 8120 /** 8121 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8122 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8123 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8124 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8125 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8126 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8127 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8128 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8129 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8130 * 8131 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8132 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8133 * control port frames over nl80211. 8134 * 8135 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8136 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8137 * 8138 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8139 */ 8140 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8141 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8142 8143 /** 8144 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8145 * @dev: network device 8146 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8147 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8148 * @gfp: context flags 8149 * 8150 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8151 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8152 */ 8153 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8154 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8155 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8156 8157 /** 8158 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8159 * @dev: network device 8160 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8161 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8162 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8163 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8164 * @gfp: context flags 8165 */ 8166 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8167 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8168 8169 /** 8170 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8171 * @dev: network device 8172 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8173 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8174 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8175 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8176 * @gfp: context flags 8177 * 8178 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8179 * given interval is exceeded. 8180 */ 8181 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8182 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8183 8184 /** 8185 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8186 * @dev: network device 8187 * @gfp: context flags 8188 * 8189 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8190 */ 8191 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8192 8193 /** 8194 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8195 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8196 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8197 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8198 * @gfp: context flags 8199 * 8200 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8201 */ 8202 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8203 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8204 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8205 8206 static inline void 8207 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8208 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8209 gfp_t gfp) 8210 { 8211 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8212 } 8213 8214 static inline void 8215 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8216 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8217 gfp_t gfp) 8218 { 8219 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8220 } 8221 8222 /** 8223 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8224 * @dev: network device 8225 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8226 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8227 * @gfp: context flags 8228 * 8229 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8230 * frame. 8231 */ 8232 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8233 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8234 gfp_t gfp); 8235 8236 /** 8237 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8238 * @netdev: network device 8239 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8240 * @event: type of event 8241 * @gfp: context flags 8242 * 8243 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8244 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8245 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8246 */ 8247 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8248 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8249 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8250 8251 /** 8252 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8253 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8254 * 8255 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8256 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8257 */ 8258 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8259 8260 /** 8261 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8262 * @dev: network device 8263 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8264 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8265 * @gfp: allocation flags 8266 */ 8267 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8268 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8269 8270 /** 8271 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8272 * @dev: network device 8273 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8274 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8275 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8276 * @gfp: allocation flags 8277 */ 8278 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8279 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8280 8281 /** 8282 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8283 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8284 * @addr: the transmitter address 8285 * @gfp: context flags 8286 * 8287 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8288 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8289 * sender. 8290 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8291 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8292 */ 8293 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8294 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8295 8296 /** 8297 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8298 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8299 * @addr: the transmitter address 8300 * @gfp: context flags 8301 * 8302 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8303 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8304 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8305 * station to avoid event flooding. 8306 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8307 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8308 */ 8309 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8310 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8311 8312 /** 8313 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8314 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8315 * @addr: the address of the peer 8316 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8317 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8318 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8319 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8320 * @gfp: allocation flags 8321 */ 8322 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8323 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8324 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8325 8326 /** 8327 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8328 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8329 * @frame: the frame 8330 * @len: length of the frame 8331 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8332 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8333 * 8334 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8335 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8336 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8337 */ 8338 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8339 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8340 8341 /** 8342 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8343 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8344 * @frame: the frame 8345 * @len: length of the frame 8346 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8347 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8348 * 8349 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8350 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8351 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8352 */ 8353 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8354 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8355 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8356 { 8357 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8358 sig_dbm); 8359 } 8360 8361 /** 8362 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8363 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8364 * @chandef: the channel definition 8365 * @iftype: interface type 8366 * 8367 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8368 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8369 */ 8370 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8371 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8372 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8373 8374 /** 8375 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8376 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8377 * @chandef: the channel definition 8378 * @iftype: interface type 8379 * 8380 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8381 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8382 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8383 * more permissive conditions. 8384 * 8385 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8386 */ 8387 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8388 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8389 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8390 8391 /* 8392 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8393 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8394 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8395 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8396 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8397 * 8398 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8399 * driver context! 8400 */ 8401 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8402 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8403 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8404 8405 /* 8406 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8407 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8408 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8409 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8410 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8411 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8412 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8413 * 8414 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8415 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8416 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8417 */ 8418 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8419 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8420 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8421 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8422 8423 /** 8424 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8425 * 8426 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8427 * @band: band pointer to fill 8428 * 8429 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8430 */ 8431 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8432 enum nl80211_band *band); 8433 8434 /** 8435 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8436 * 8437 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8438 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8439 * 8440 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8441 */ 8442 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8443 u8 *op_class); 8444 8445 /** 8446 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8447 * 8448 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8449 * 8450 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8451 */ 8452 static inline u32 8453 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8454 { 8455 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8456 } 8457 8458 /* 8459 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8460 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8461 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8462 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8463 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8464 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8465 * @gfp: allocation flags 8466 * 8467 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8468 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8469 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8470 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8471 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8472 */ 8473 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8474 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8475 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8476 8477 /* 8478 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8479 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8480 * 8481 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8482 */ 8483 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8484 8485 /** 8486 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8487 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8488 * 8489 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8490 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8491 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8492 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8493 * is unbound from the driver. 8494 * 8495 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8496 */ 8497 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8498 8499 /** 8500 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8501 * @dev: the netdev to register 8502 * 8503 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8504 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8505 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8506 * instead as well. 8507 * 8508 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8509 */ 8510 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8511 8512 /** 8513 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8514 * @dev: the netdev to register 8515 * 8516 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8517 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8518 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8519 * usable instead as well. 8520 * 8521 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8522 */ 8523 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8524 { 8525 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8526 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8527 #endif 8528 } 8529 8530 /** 8531 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8532 * @ies: FT IEs 8533 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8534 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8535 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8536 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8537 */ 8538 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8539 const u8 *ies; 8540 size_t ies_len; 8541 const u8 *target_ap; 8542 const u8 *ric_ies; 8543 size_t ric_ies_len; 8544 }; 8545 8546 /** 8547 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8548 * @netdev: network device 8549 * @ft_event: IE information 8550 */ 8551 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8552 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8553 8554 /** 8555 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8556 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8557 * @len: the input length 8558 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8559 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8560 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8561 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8562 * 8563 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8564 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8565 * 8566 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8567 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8568 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8569 */ 8570 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8571 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8572 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8573 8574 /** 8575 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8576 * @ies: the IE buffer 8577 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8578 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8579 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8580 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8581 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8582 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8583 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8584 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8585 * 8586 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8587 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8588 * split. 8589 * 8590 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8591 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8592 * 8593 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8594 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8595 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8596 * 8597 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8598 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8599 * of the buffer should be used. 8600 */ 8601 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8602 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8603 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8604 size_t offset); 8605 8606 /** 8607 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8608 * @ies: the IE buffer 8609 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8610 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8611 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8612 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8613 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8614 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8615 * 8616 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8617 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8618 * split. 8619 * 8620 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8621 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8622 * 8623 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8624 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8625 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8626 * 8627 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8628 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8629 * of the buffer should be used. 8630 */ 8631 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8632 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8633 { 8634 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8635 } 8636 8637 /** 8638 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8639 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8640 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8641 * @gfp: allocation flags 8642 * 8643 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8644 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8645 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8646 * else caused the wakeup. 8647 */ 8648 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8649 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8650 gfp_t gfp); 8651 8652 /** 8653 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8654 * 8655 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8656 * @gfp: allocation flags 8657 * 8658 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8659 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8660 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8661 */ 8662 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8663 8664 /** 8665 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8666 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8667 * 8668 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8669 */ 8670 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8671 8672 /** 8673 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8674 * 8675 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8676 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8677 * 8678 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8679 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8680 * the interface combinations. 8681 */ 8682 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8683 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8684 8685 /** 8686 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8687 * 8688 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8689 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8690 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8691 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8692 * 8693 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8694 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8695 * purposes. 8696 */ 8697 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8698 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8699 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8700 void *data), 8701 void *data); 8702 8703 /* 8704 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8705 * 8706 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8707 * @wdev: wireless device 8708 * @gfp: context flags 8709 * 8710 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8711 * disconnected. 8712 * 8713 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8714 */ 8715 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8716 gfp_t gfp); 8717 8718 /** 8719 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8720 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8721 * 8722 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8723 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8724 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8725 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8726 * 8727 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8728 * the driver while the function is running. 8729 */ 8730 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8731 8732 /** 8733 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8734 * 8735 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8736 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8737 * 8738 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8739 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8740 */ 8741 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8742 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8743 { 8744 u8 *ft_byte; 8745 8746 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8747 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8748 } 8749 8750 /** 8751 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8752 * 8753 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8754 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8755 * 8756 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8757 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8758 */ 8759 static inline bool 8760 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8761 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8762 { 8763 u8 ft_byte; 8764 8765 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8766 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8767 } 8768 8769 /** 8770 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8771 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8772 * 8773 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8774 */ 8775 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8776 8777 /** 8778 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8779 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8780 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8781 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8782 * result. 8783 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8784 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8785 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8786 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8787 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8788 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8789 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8790 */ 8791 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8792 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8793 u8 inst_id; 8794 u8 peer_inst_id; 8795 const u8 *addr; 8796 u8 info_len; 8797 const u8 *info; 8798 u64 cookie; 8799 }; 8800 8801 /** 8802 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8803 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8804 * @match: match notification parameters 8805 * @gfp: allocation flags 8806 * 8807 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8808 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8809 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8810 */ 8811 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8812 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8813 8814 /** 8815 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8816 * 8817 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8818 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8819 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8820 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8821 * @gfp: allocation flags 8822 * 8823 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8824 */ 8825 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8826 u8 inst_id, 8827 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8828 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8829 8830 /* ethtool helper */ 8831 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8832 8833 /** 8834 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8835 * @netdev: network device 8836 * @params: External authentication parameters 8837 * @gfp: allocation flags 8838 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8839 */ 8840 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8841 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8842 gfp_t gfp); 8843 8844 /** 8845 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8846 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8847 * @req: the original measurement request 8848 * @result: the result data 8849 * @gfp: allocation flags 8850 */ 8851 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8852 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8853 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8854 gfp_t gfp); 8855 8856 /** 8857 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8858 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8859 * @req: the original measurement request 8860 * @gfp: allocation flags 8861 * 8862 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8863 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8864 */ 8865 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8866 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8867 gfp_t gfp); 8868 8869 /** 8870 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8871 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8872 * @iftype: interface type 8873 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8874 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8875 * 8876 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8877 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8878 * check_swif is '1'. 8879 */ 8880 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8881 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8882 8883 8884 /** 8885 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8886 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8887 * @netdev: network device 8888 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 8889 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8890 * 8891 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8892 */ 8893 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8894 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 8895 8896 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8897 8898 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8899 8900 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8901 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8902 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8903 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8904 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8905 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8906 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8907 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8908 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8909 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8910 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8911 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8912 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8913 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8914 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8915 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8916 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8917 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8918 8919 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8920 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8921 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8922 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8923 8924 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8925 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8926 8927 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8928 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8929 8930 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8931 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8932 #else 8933 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8934 ({ \ 8935 if (0) \ 8936 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8937 0; \ 8938 }) 8939 #endif 8940 8941 /* 8942 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8943 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8944 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8945 */ 8946 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8947 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8948 8949 /** 8950 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8951 * @netdev: network device 8952 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8953 * @gfp: allocation flags 8954 */ 8955 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8956 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8957 gfp_t gfp); 8958 8959 /** 8960 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8961 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8962 */ 8963 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8964 8965 /** 8966 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8967 * @dev: network device 8968 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8969 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8970 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8971 */ 8972 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8973 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8974 u64 color_bitmap); 8975 8976 /** 8977 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8978 * @dev: network device 8979 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8980 */ 8981 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8982 u64 color_bitmap) 8983 { 8984 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8985 0, color_bitmap); 8986 } 8987 8988 /** 8989 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8990 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8991 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8992 * 8993 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8994 */ 8995 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8996 u8 count) 8997 { 8998 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8999 count, 0); 9000 } 9001 9002 /** 9003 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9004 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9005 * 9006 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9007 */ 9008 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9009 { 9010 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9011 0, 0); 9012 } 9013 9014 /** 9015 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9016 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9017 * 9018 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9019 */ 9020 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9021 { 9022 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9023 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9024 0, 0); 9025 } 9026 9027 /** 9028 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9029 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9030 * @chandef: channel definition 9031 * 9032 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9033 * 9034 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9035 */ 9036 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9037 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9038 9039 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9040